Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
129203 MARK YOUNG - CONTRACT - BID - 5727 UTILITY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE
iP CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTI1HY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS BID #5727 ADDENDUM NO. 1 August 30,2002 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: Utility Services Center Warehouse Storage Improvements OPENING DATE: 2:00 p.m. (our clock) September 10, 2002 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. A. DRAWINGS: 1. SHEET TS001: a.) Add Sheet CS607 2. SHEET CS100: a.) Change 3" asphalt thickness to 5". b.) Add to Note#1 Joint spacing shall not exceed 24 time the pavement thickness. c.) Add to Note#2 Asphalt shall be 5" full depth. 3. SHEET CS101: a.) Change 8' high chain link fence to 6' high chain link fence (w/ 3 strand barbed wire) on proposed trail connection plan. 4. SHEET CS201: a.) Add note designating inflow curb and gutter along south parking area, beginning 36" depth retaining wall, ending 36" depth retaining wall, beginning outflow curb and gutter, and ending outflow curb and gutter in SE area of Site. 5. SHEET CS300: a.) Add notes to fencing that begins 8' high chain link fence at southeast retaining wall termination and ends 8' high chain link fencing in vicinity of northwest future parking area, and begins 6' high chain link fence (w/ 3 strand barbed wire) and ends 6' high barbed wire (w/ 3 strand barbed wire). b) Change 36" Trench Drain to 36" Slotted CSP. No Text SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substan- tially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER REMARKS: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 7/96 Section 00635 Page 1 DATE SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen: , 20 You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20_, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: 7/96 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project- against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any .or LL and material bonds for the project. _ Signed this day of 20 _ CONTRACTOR By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) ) ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20_, by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Notary Public 7/96 Section 00650 Page 2 `" SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for on bond of (Surety) hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER,.as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) Lig ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in- Fact. 7/96 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Insert State certificate here. DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303)232.2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX) vv rvti W FnI C IN I MISJPAGE The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials forthe exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.) FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. Registration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period 89 - 01 70-750 (999) $0.00 � ♦ ,}S 2'q!i t���..i t,y� P�j�yV�II�Wfa('��Y§n� 4 X `4 Yk v'Fsi�{�i91 `� ��R 1 .�t [ � 'Y / i y, �*+ P+��1I Yf �q. �k5i�lei . .i A'Rdaa"�4 .. i}7Y +�a ='',`•'^F1,a 1+.,. �3 .. F�',?5. iry iv' rf.+iit�,ka+ d`y.(. r",.3!'� � =i .�'iah,+'S':rc �9 Trade name/OBA: .n Owner, partner, or coryorate name: Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person - E-Mail address: Federal Empbyer's Idandfication Number: Bid amount for your contract Fax number: Business telephone number. Colorado withholding tax account number. `m. cke� nd'(2� ��': k�;�, ,�. 4r.>f9 r _.. Tee o??.._:.. ems of exempt organization (es shown on contract). rt I . fi ,,, e� i ,,•. Exempt orgenizatlons number. 98 - Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip); Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contacts telephone number: Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (les) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction alert date: completion date: f I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to fhe best of my knowledge. signature of owner, partner or corporate officer. Title of corporate officer. pate; vv IW 1 W ril I e oewVV I MIS LINE SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) No Text Article or Paragraph Number & Title DEFINITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title 1.1 Addenda.............................................1 1.2 Agreement.........................................1 L3 Application for Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,] 1.4 Asbestos.............................................I 1.5 Bid.....................................................I 1.6 Bidding Documents ............................. t 1.7 Bidding Requirements ......................... 1 1.8 Bonds ........................ .......................... 1 1.9 Change Order......................................1 1.10 Contract Documents I'll Contract Price,,,,,,,,_. 1.12 Contract Times....................................1 1.13 CONTRACTOR..................................1 1.14 defective.............................................1 1.15 Drawings............................................1 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement......,,,, J 1.17 ENGINEER ............................. 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant .....................1 1.19 Field Order.........................................1 1.20 General Requirements.,,,,,,,, 1.21 Hazardous Waste,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1.22.a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations ...................................... 2 1.22.b Legal Holidays .................................... 2 1.23 Liens.................................................2 1.24 Milestone. ........................ 1.25 Notice of Award .................................? 1.26 Notice to Proceed ................................ 2 1.27 OWNER,,,,,,..,,., 1.28 Partial Utilization 2 1.29 PCBs..................................................2 1.30 Petroleum...........................................2 1.31 Project...............................................2 1.32.a Radioactive Material 1.32.b Regular Working Hours.......................2 1.33 Resident Project Representative.....,,,..,.2 1.34 Samples ................................. ............. 2 1.35 Shop Drawings ................................... 2 1.36 Specifications .............. -...................... 1.37 Subcontractor, . 1.38 Substantial Completiot( ................. :.....z 1.39 Supplementary Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2 1.40 Supplier..............................................2 1.41 Underground Facilities,,....... 6.66........2-3 1.42 Unit Price Work,,,,,.,.., 1.43 Work 1.44 Di Work Change rective.............. ......... iiirective .............. 1.45 Written Amendment ...... ,,,............... ,,3 Page Number 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS „...................... 3 2.1 Delivery of Bonds,,,,,,,,,,, 3 2.2 Copies of Documents.,,,....,,, ............. 3 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............... 3 2.4 Starting the Work... ......................... 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report; Preliminary Scheddes; Delivery of Certificates of Insurance ................................... 34 2.8 Preconstruction Conference,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules, .......... 4 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ......................:.................. 4 3.1-3.2 Intent ............................................. 4 3.3 Reference to Standards and Speci- fications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Dis- crepancies ................................. ...................... 4-5 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives ..................................... 5 3.5 Amending Contract Docunents5 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ................................... 5 3.7 Reuse of Documents 5 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS.........................................5 4.1 Availability of Lands.....................5.6 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................... 6 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings......................0 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC- TOR Authorized; Technical Data............................................ 6 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions .................. 6 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change......................................... 6 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments...............................4-7 4.3 Physical Conditions --Underground Facilities. ............. 7 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,, _ 7 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,? . 4.4 Reference Points...............................7 If EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.25 Submittal Proceedures; CON - Hazardous Waste or TRACTOR's Review Prior Radioactive Material....................7-8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .................................... 16 _ 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................. 8 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit- 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other tals Review by ENGINEER ...... 16-17 Bonds..............................................8 6.27 Responsibility for Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; From Contract Documents ,........... 17 Certificates of Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 8 6:28 Related Work Performed Prior -- 5.4 CONTRACTOR' Liability to ENGINEER's Review and Insurance..........................................9 Approval of Required 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9 Submittals ................................... 17 5.6 Property Insurance ..........................9-10 6.29 Continuing the World,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, J7 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Addi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General tional Property Insurance.................10 Warranty and Guarantee. ............. J7 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Prodsion......... 10 6.31-6.33 Indemnification,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR'sResponsibility 6.34 Survival of Obligations ...................J8 for Deductible Amounts,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 10 5.10 Other Special Insurance.....................10 7. OTHER WORK ................................................. 38 + 5.11 Waiver of Rights................................11 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ....................... 18 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination..................................18 - Insurance Proceeds .....................10-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insa- 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18 ance; Option to Replace...................11 8.1 Communications to CON- 5.15 Partial Utilization --Property TRACTOR.................................I` Insurance........................................11 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER ............ _ 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...............11 When Due .................................. 18 6.1-6.2 nce Supervision and Superintende,,,.,., 11 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment,,, 11-12 and Tests...............................J8-19 -- 6.6 Progress Schedule..............................J2 8.5 Insurance ....................................... 19 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items; 8.6 Change Orders„ ............................. J9 CONTRACTOR's Expense; 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals...................................19 Methods or Procedures; 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; ENGINEER's Evaluation.............12-13 Terminate CONTRACTOR's 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Services......................................19 - Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Waiver of Rights .........................13-14 Responsibilities, ........................... 19 '- 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties...................14 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.13 Permits.............................................14 Hazardous Waste or 6.14 Laws and Regulations ........................J4 Radioactive Material .................... J9 ._ 6.15 Taxes ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,*....... *... ,,,,,,,,14-15 8.11 Evidence ofFinancel 6.16 Use of Premises ................................. 15 Arrangements, ............................. 19 6.17 Site Cleanliness ................................ 15 6.18 Safe Structural Loading.....................J5 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 6.19 Record Documents .............................15 CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 19 6.20 Safety and Protection ....................15-16 9.1 OWNER's Representative ................ 19 6.21 Safety Representative .........................J6 9.2 Visits to Site .................................. 19 6.22 Hazard Communication Program$.,..., 16 9.3 Project Representative ...............19-21 6.23 Emergencies.....................................16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples..............16 tations,,,,,.................................... 1 9.5 Authorized Variations in Wrk ........ 1 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 EDITION) ^ wt CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) ..r Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work.................21 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders NEER's Request .....................27-28 and Payments .................................„ 21 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work 28 9.10 Determinations for Unit PriceB....., 21-22 13.11 ........... Correction or Removal of 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- Defective Work ..........................28 NEER as Initial InterpreteS..............22 13.12 Correction Period,.... 28 9.13 Limitations on ENGMER's 13.13 ....................... Acceptance ofDefective Work,,,,,..., 28 Authority and Responsibilitieg..... 2-23 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ....... 28-29 CHANGES IN THE WORK............................„-,..._.,.23 I ............................. 10.1 OWNER's Ordered Change„.............23 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 10.2 Claim for Adjustment ........................23 COMPLETION .................................................. 29 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract 14.1 Schedule of Values 29 Documents ..................................... 23 14.2 Application for Progress 10.4 Change Orderq................................. 23 Payment 10.5 Notification of Surety .......................23 14.3 ......... .......... ..................29 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title...........................................29 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .......................... .23 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Progress Payments ............. 29-30 Adjustment; Value of 14.8-14.9 ..... Substantial Completion,,,_..., 30 the Work .................................. 23-24 14.10 ........... Partial Utilization,., 30-31 11.4 Cost of the Work ..........................24-25 14.11 ................... Final Inspection ............................. 31 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work ....... 25 14.12 Final Application for Payment 31 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee........................25 14.13-14.14 ........ Final Payment and Acceptance 31 11.7 Cost Records ................................ 25-26 14.15 ....... Waiver of Claims ...................... 31-32 11.8 Cash Allowances, 26 11.9 Unit Price Work................................26 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ...... CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ............................z6 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work 32 12.1 Claim for Adjustment.........................26 15.2-15.4 .......... OWNER May Terminate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 32 12.2 Time of the Essence ................ ........26 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Work or Terminate,,,,,,,,, 32-33 Control ...................................... 26-27 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .......................... 33 CONTRACTOR's Control27 IT MISCELLANEOUS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, 17.1 ............................... Giving Notice,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 17.2 Computation of Times.,,,,,,,, 33 DEFECTIVE WORK,,,,,, ..efec.................................27 17.3 """""' Notice of Claim.. ............................ 33 13.1 Notice of Defects„ .............................27 17.4 Ctimtulative Remedies33 13.2 Access to the Work ......... .........27 17.5 Professional Fees and Court 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Costs Included, .......... ................. 33 CONTRACTOR's Cooperation .......... 27 17.6 Applicable State Laws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 33-34 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Intentionally left blank ................... Independent Testing Laboratory..,..., 27 ................ ....35 13.5 CONTRACTOR's EXHIBIT GC -A: (Optional) Responsibilities...............................27 Dispute Resolution Agreement GC -Al 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspec- 16.1-16.6 Arbitration ..............................QC -Al tion, Testing or Approval, ................27 16.7 Mediation,,,,,,,... GC -Al ...................... 1v - EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of -- Bonds and Insurance........................................5.14 defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13 final payment......... 9.12, 14.15 insurance.........................................................5.14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" ltem8 .......................0.7.1 Work by OWNER..............................2.5, 6.30, 6.34 Access to the -- Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ............................................. 4.1 site, related Work .............................................. 7.2 Work...........................................13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions-- CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER .......................................... 6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER..................................................:.4.20, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances,, 5.7 Adjustments -- Contract Price or Contract Times ...........................1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2, ..............................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, .........................................11, 12, 14.8, 15.1 progress schedule .............................................: 6.6 Agreement -- definition of......................................................1.2 "All -Risk" Insurance, policy form., ......................... 5..6.2 Allowances, Cash....................................................11.8 Amending Contract Documents ................................ 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general................1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2 .........................0.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2 ....................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to..........................9..10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment -- definition of .................................... :................. 1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility ............................... 9.9 final payment ................. 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general ..........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment.....................................14.1-14.7 review of................................................:14.4-14.7 Arbitration ........................................... :......... 16.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant theretq...........................4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work .......... 4.5.2 definitionof........................................................1.4 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for ............................. 4.5.1, 8.10 possible price and times change ........................4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work ......... 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands ......................................... 4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of--defined..............................I...I....1.25 Before Starting Construction...............................2.5-2.8 Bid --definition of.........................t.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, ........................ 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Bidding Documents --definition. Of...................................................1.6 (6.8-.2) Bidding Requirements --definition Of .........................I................1.7 (1.1, 4.2.6.2) Bonds -- acceptance of....................................................5.14 additional bonds..................................10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4 definition of.......................................................1.8 delivery of...................................................2A, 5.1 final Application for Payment ................ 14.12-14.14 general......................................1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, ........................................ 9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ........................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance........ 5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15 Cash Allowances....................................................11.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion....,,, 1.38, 6.30.2.3, ..................................................14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance.............2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, ....................... 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances..............................................11.8 claim for price adjustment.....,...... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, ... 13.13,13.14,14.7,15.1,15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6 Cost of the Work - general ............................................... 11.4-11.7 Exclusionsto .............................................. 11.5 Cost Records.....................................................11.7 in general ............. J.19, 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Lump Sum Pricing.......................................:..11.3.2 Notification of Surety.........................................10.5 Scopeof....................................................10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work..................................13.9 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION)^ w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Unit Price Work .......................................... 11.9 Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work..................................................11.3 Change in Contract Times -- Claim for times adjustment ........ 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, .......... 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1, ............... 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limitss....................................12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control........................................................12.3 Delays beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR's control ....................... .....12.4 Notification of surety .......................... ............., . 10.5 Scope of change ..................... ................... 10.3-10.4 Change Orders -- Acceptance of Defective Work ..........................13.13 Amending Contract Document$ ...................... Cash Allowances..............................................11.8 ..3.5 Change of Contract Price.....................................I I Change of Contract Time$,,,,,,,,,,,,, 12 Changes in the Work..........................................10 CONTRACTOR's fee........................................11.6 Cost of the Work.......................................11.4-11.7 Cost Records,.,,_..., 11 7 definition of., .................... ............................... 1.9 emergencies .......................... ................... ........6.23 ENGINEER's responsibility,,,,,., 9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of ........................... 10.4 Indemnifictioq .........................0.12, 6.16, 6.31-6,33 Insurance, Bonds and.......................5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate,,,,,,... .............15.2-15.4 OWNER's Responsibility,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............. $.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions -- Subsurface and,....... ...................................... 4.2 Underground Facilities--,...........................4.3.2 Record Documents , 6.19 Scope of Change,.,_,,,... .......................... ...10.3-10.4 Substitutes.............................................6.7.3, 6.8.2 Unit Price Work ................. ..................... ...,,__.,11.9 value of Work, covered by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Changes in the Work.................................................10 ,11.3 Notification of surety,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............... .........10.5 OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities............................................10.4 Right to an adjustment......................................10.2 Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4 Claims -- against CONTRACTOR....................................6.16 against ENGINEER ........................................ 6.32 againstOWNER...............................................6.32 Change of Contract Price,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.4, 11.2 Change of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,, .............. 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTOR's.............4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, ...........................11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, ............................................15.1, 15.5, 17.3 vi CONTRACTOR's Fee ...... J 1.6 Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTOR's liability ,,,,,,,..„5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work, ............. „11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Dispute$ ................ ............ .9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution,,,,, 16 1 Dispute Resolution Agreement .............. ..... 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpretor................. . 9.11 Lump Sum Pricing.........................................11.3.2 Notice of .............................. OWNER's....................JA, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, ..17.3 11.2, 11.9 ............... ......4.12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 1743 OWNER's liability....... ...... ................................. 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment.................14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included......................................................17.5 request for formal decision oi)........... 4....... 4..... 9.11 Substitute Items,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............................................. 0.7.1.2 Time Extension.................................................12.1 Time requirements....................................9.119 12.1 Unit Price Work,,,,,., ..............11.9.3 Value of l l .......................................................A.3 Waiver of --on Final Payment ,,,,,,,,,,,,,„..14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive .................................... 10.2 written notice required ......................9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretation$ ............ 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.it CleanSite ............................................. Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association.................................................3.3.3 Commencement of Contract TimeS........................ 7.3 Communications-- general..............................................6.2, 6.9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs .....................6,22 Completion -- Final Application for Payment..........................1.4.12 Final Inspection..........................14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization, ...........................................14.10 Substantial Completion ......................1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims „...... Computation of Times...............................17.2.1-17.2.2 .14.15 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others....................................... „6.8-6,11 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules .............................. 2.9 preconstructioq.................................................. Z 8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, -- CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR to Report ..........................2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR............................................2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,;,, 6.4 Continuing the Work ............................... ... 6.29, 10.4 Contract Documents-- Amending..........................................................3.5 Bonds.............................................................5.1 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Cash Allowances..............................................11.8 Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price .................................... I I Change of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............ 12 Changes in the Work ..................... I ...... ,,_,10.4-10.5 check and verify ................................................. 2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..........................3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of,,,,,,,,, ..................1.10 ......................... ENGINEER as initial interpreter of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER'S representative,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.1 general3 Insurance...........................................................5.3 Intent.......................... ..............................3.1-3.4 minor variations in the Work....,,_„ .................... 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish dats.............. 8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment.......................... $.3, 14.4, 14.13 precedence................................................3.1, 3.3.3 Record Documents............................................0.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies...................................3.3 Related Work,,,,,,_,,,,, 7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ,,,,,...2.5, 3.3 Reuse of ......................... ............................ .......3.7 Supplementing.................................................. 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment .......... 8.2 Unit Price Work...............................................11.9 variations ...........................................3.6, 6.23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEER's ............................... 9.2 Contract Price -- adjustment of ............... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Changeof..........................................................11 Decision on Disputes........................................9.11 definition of.....................................................1.11 Contract Times -- adjustment of ..........................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 Change of ............................... .................12.1-12.4 Commencement of ............................................ 2.3 definition of......... ...........................................1.12 CONTRACTOR -- Acceptance of Insurance ................................... 5.14 Communications......................................6.2, 6.9.2 Continue Work........................................6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling............................6,9.2 definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............................ .1.13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2 May Stop Work or Terminate ........................... 15.5 provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, .............. ....................... 16.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal........................................6.25 Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2 CONTRACTOR's6 Article or Paragraph Number Compensation ................................ ............ 11.1-11.2 Continuing Obligation.....................................14.15 Defective Work ............................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11 — Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency...........................................6.23 Defects in Work of Others.............................7.3 _ Differing conditions...................................4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents,.,,,,,, 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated,,,,,,,,., 4.3.2 — Emergencies ............................. ........................ 6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work„.......... ..........11.4.5.3 Fee --Cost Plus ............ .........11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantcq.......................0.30 _ Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,0.22 Indemnification ........................6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 — Inspection of the Work...............................7.3, 13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by ............. 6.14.1 Liability Insurance ............................ ...5.4 — Notice of Intent to Appeal .........................9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete theWork................................I...................0.30 — Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds ............................5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................0,13 Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, ........................................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 Responsibilities — Changes in the Work .................................. IO i Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others..........:...........................6.8-6.11 Continuing the Work ..........................6.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense...........................0.7.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee.......................................6.30 CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 625 Coordination of Work ................... ........6.9.2 Emergencies .............................................. ............ 6.23 ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items..............................0.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others.............................0.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts, insurance .............:. ..5.9 general........................................b, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,, 6.22 Indemnification, ...................... ............ 6.31-6.33 v1i E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Labor, Materials and Equipment..............6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, „6.14 Liability Insurance,,,,,,,. 5.4 Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents ........................................... 6.2 i Patent Fees and Royalties.............................6.12 Permits.,.,,,,,,, .................................. Progress Schedule ......... . Record Documents ..................................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals ............................................. 6.28 safe structural loading.................................6.18 Safety and Protection ....................6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ................................... 6,21 Scheduling the Work,.,,,,,.._, 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples .......................0.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER ..................................... 6.26 Site Cleanliness..........................................6.17 Submittal Procedures...................................6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures.....................................6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1 Superintendence., , .... Supervision 1 Survival of Obligations................................6.34 Taxes......................................................... 6.15 Tests and Inspections,.,,,,,,., ....................... „13.5 ToReport ......................................................2.5 Use of Premises ........ .............. 6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ....................................... 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2 right to clairn........... 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, ........... 11.9,12.1,13.9,14.8,15.1,15.5,17.3 Safety and Protection,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative.., .................................... 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals,_,,,6,24-6.28 Special Consultants ........................... 11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedurep,.6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense .......................................... 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.......... 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence ... ..... 6.1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by...........................................6.15 Use of Premises,. ..,, ............. .............. 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees,,,, .............6.5, 6.30 Warranty of Title,............................................. J4.3 Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........ 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ....................... 4.2.3 Substantial Completion.,,,..„ ....................... 14.8 viii CONTRACTORS --other .............................................. 1 Contractual Liability Insurance ................ j,4.10 Contractual Time Limits,,,,,,,,... 1 ............................. i 2.2 Article or Paragraph Number Coordination_ CONTRACTOR's responsibility.....,....., 6.9.2 Copies of Documents ................. . Correction Period,,,.,,,,...... .......... . ...................13.12 . Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work-- in general.................................10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance Of Defective Work ..................... 13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.30, 13.11 Correction Period,,,,,.,, ........i3.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .............. J 3.14 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 Cost -- of Tests and Inspection$ ...................... 13.4 Records l l .7 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional„.................11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ................. 11 4 2 CONTRACTORS Fee ............................... 11.6 Employee Expenses .................:... .... 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to,,,.;,,,.. ...................................... .....11.5 General11.4-11.5 Home office and overhead expenses .................. 11.5 Losses and damages ............... 11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment ............ ............... 11.4.2 Minor expenses ........................................... J 1.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes ............... 11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors ................... 11.4.3 Recordsll.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery ...................................... 11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees............................................J 1.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, J 1.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's., .......... 11.4.4 Supplemental .................. ......... ................ 11.4.5 Taxes related to the Wor!.............................11.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection ...................... J3.4 Trade Discounts,,,,,,,... „ ................11.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ...............11.4.5.7 Work after regular hours 11.4.1 Covering Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,............................ , 13.6-13.7 Cumulative Remedies,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 17.4-17.5 Cutting, fitting and patching,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER .............................. $ 3 Day --definition of................................................17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ................................... 9.11, 9.12 defective --definition of .......................... ... . .............J.14 defective Work -- Acceptance of ...................... 10.4.1, 13.13 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Correction or Removal of.....................10.4.1, 13.11 OWNER's Representative ................................... 9.1 Correction Period, ........................................... J 3.12 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, in general.........................................13, 14.7, 14.11 Responsibility for ..................................... 9.9, 14 _... Recommendation of Payment .............14A, 14.13 Article or Paragraph Number Article or Paragraph Number -' Observation by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work ................ ................. 13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects...................................13.1 Rejecting...........................................................9.6 Uncovering the Work.......................................13.8 Definitions................................................................ I Delays...........I......................... 4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.I Delivery of certificates of insurance, ...... .................. ?.7 Determinations for Unit Prices ................................ 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions -- Notice of..................:......................................4.2.3 ENGINEER'S Review4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving................................2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution— Agreement ...............................................16.1-16.6 Arbitratioiq...............................................16.1-16.5 general16 Mediation........................................................16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement.........................16.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ..................9.11-9.12 Documents -- Copiesof...........................................................2.2 Record 6.19 Reuseof.............................................................3.7 Drawings --definition of..........................................J.15 Easements.......:.....................................................4.1 Effective date of Agreement -- definition qf............. J.16 Emergencies.......................................................... 6.23 ENGINEER - as initial interpreter on disputes .................9.11-9.12 definition of.....................................................1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities,,,,, 9.13 Replacement of .................................................. 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of ...............1.18 ENGINEER's-- authority and responsibility, limitations orl........ 9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work.....................9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for,,.,,,, 9.7, 10, 11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretationg ...............3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes .............................. 9.11-9.12 defective Work, notice of..................................13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items,,,, ..... ,,,,,fi.7.3 Liability ...................................................6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable...............................J4.13 Observations ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.30.2, 9.2 Responsibilities --Limitations op.................9,11-9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions..............................4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility .............................................. 6.26 Status During Construction -- authorized variations in the Work..................9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,, 9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price......................9.10 ENGINEER as Initial InterpreteK.......... ,11-9.12 ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities .............. :....... ,....... 9.13 OWNER's Representative..............................9.1 Project Representative ................................ 9.3 Rejecting Defective_ Work..............................9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments....................................9.7-9.9 Visits to Site.................................................9.2 Unit Price determinations.................................9.10 Visitsto Site ....................................................... 9.2 Written consent required .............................. 7.2, 9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ......................... Equipment rental, Cost of the Work,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,, 11.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment ........................6.7 error or omissions..................................................6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ....................... F.1I Explorations of physical conditions ....................... 4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6 Field Order -- definition of.....................................................1.19 issued by ENGINEER................................3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment..............................14.12 Final InspectiorA................................................... J4.11 Final Payment -- and Acceptance,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.13-14.14 Prior to, for cash alloelances...............................11.8 General Provisions..........................................17.3-1.7.4 General Requirements -- definition of......................................................J.20 principal references tq..............7.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice ................................. ........................17.1 Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR,,,,,,,, 6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs., .................... ..... 6.22 Hazardous Waste -- definition of......................................................1.21 general............................................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for .............................. 8.10 ix EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Er -gYON) .� w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (R_ 9/99) ..r Indemnification ...................... ........ ¢,12, 6,16, 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules„ .................................2.9 Inspection -- Certificates of .................... 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Final ......... ...................14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special, required by ENGINEER .........................9.6 Tests and Approval., ....... 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance -- Acceptance of, by OWNER...............................5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work............................................11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work ..................................... 2.7 Bonds and --in general......, 5 Cancellation Provisions ...................................... 5.8 Certificates of ...................2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4,11, 5.4.13, ........................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations .......... .... .5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4 CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage.............5.14 Contractual Liability......................................5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility ................................................5.9 Final Application for Payment.........................14.12 Licensed Insurers, ............................................... 5.3 Notice requirements, material changes ........ 5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace............................................5.14 other special insurance§ ............................ ... .5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds ........... .... 5.12-5.13 OWNER's Liability............................................5.5 OWNER's Responsibility....................................8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance.............„5.15 Property .................................................... 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............................................. 5.12-5.13 Special Insurance.............................................5.10 Waiver of Rights..............................................5.11 Intent of Contract Documents..............................3.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications .....................3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions.., ........................ 4, 2 Labor, Materials and Equipment............................3-6.5 Lands -- and Easements...................................................8.4 Availability of.............................................4. I, 8.4 Reports and Tests .............................. ............ .....$.4 Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations-- Bonds........................................................5.1-5.2 Changes in the Work ........................................10.4 Contract Documents...........................................5.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities .................... 0,14 Correction Period, defective Work .............. ....J3.12 Cost of the Work, taxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ................. I1.4.5.4 definition of.....................................................1.22 generai6.14 Indemnification, .. . ................................... 6.31-6.33 x Insurance...........................................................5.3 Precedence................................................3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to....................................................3.3.1 Safety and Protection ............................ 6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Other4.... 6 ...... 6.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Number Tests and Inspections ..................... 13.5 Use of Premises .................... ........................... , 6.16 . Visits to Site.......................................................9.2 Liability Insurance-- CONTRACTOR's............................................... 5.4 OWNER's........... ... ............................ 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurer$ .... .................. 5.3 Liens -- Application for Progress Payment ................... 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„14.3 Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12 definition of., .................................................... A.23 Waiver of Claims............................................J4.15 Limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibilities, .....,,... ...................... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized......................................................4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals -- Final Application for Payment .................... J4.12 Manuals (of others)-- Precedence....................................................3.3.3.1 Reference to in Contract Documents ................. 3.3.1 Materials and equipment -- furnished by CONTRACTOR ......... 3 63 not incorporated in Work...................................14.2 Materials or equipment --equivalent .................... 6.7 Mediation (Optional) .................. J67 Milestones --definition of.......................................1.24 Miscellaneous -- Computation of Times ................. 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ............... ...... ....... ..... J7A *.... Giving Notice....................................................17.1 Notice of Claim ............................... 17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Includes,....,, 17.5 Multi -prime contracts ............................. .............. 7 Not Shown or Indicated ............................ 4.3.2 Notice of -- Acceptability of Project.....................................14.13 Award, definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,).25 - Claim............................................................1.7.3 Defects,13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions......4.23 Giving............................................................13-1 Tests and Inspections,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.3 . Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample................ 0.27 ' Notice to Proceed -- definition of.....................................................1.26 givingof............................................................2.3 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Notification to Surety..............................................10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER............................6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ................... 5.15, 6,30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR...............6.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................$.6.2 Option to Replace ................................................... 5.14 Article or Paragraph Number "Or Equal" Items......................................................0.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work --prohibition of ................................. 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance ofdefective Work...........................1,3.13 appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2 as fiduciary ...............................................5.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility....................4.I definition of.....................................................1.27 data, furnish......................................................8.3 May Correct Defective Work............................I,3.14 May refuse to make payment.............................j4.7 May Stop the Work........................................13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ...... ...................... $.8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt„...................8.3, 14.4, 14.13 performanQ; of other work„ ................................ 7.1 permits and licenses, requirementg....................6.13 purchased insurance requirement§...............5.6-5.10 OWNERs-- Acceptance of the Work.........'.....................6.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute.......... 8.6, 10.4 Communications..:............................................. 8.1 Coordination of the Work ................................... 7.4 Disputes, request for decision ............................%11 Inspections, tests and approval$..................$.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance, ............................................ 5.5 Notice of Defects .............................................. ) 3.1 Representative --During Construction, ENGINEER's Status......................................9.1 Responsibilities -- Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material................8.10 Change Orders..............................................8.6 Changes in the Work...................................10.1 communications ................„-...,--,,,,...,,-.-,,... -.8.1 CONTRACTORS responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements..............8. )1 inspections, tests and approval$;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8.7 insurance...................................................... 8.5 lands and easements ..................................... 8.4 prompt payment by ........................................ 8.3 replacement of ENGINEER ...........................8.2 reports and tests............................................8.4 stop or suspend Work .................8.8, 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTOR's services..........................................8.8, 15.2 separate representative at site..............................9.3 testing, independent,,..,,,,,, use or occupancy of the Work written consent or approval required ....... ................ xi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) -' W1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) No Text Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ........................7.1, 9.4, 9.11, ..................................11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs -- definition Of., ............ ....................................... 1.29 general..............................................................4.5 OWNER's responsibilityfor...............................8.10 Partial Utilization -- definition of.....................................................1.28 general6.30.2.4, 14.10 Property Insurance............................................. ........................................... 5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ................................ 6.12 Payment Bonds,,,,,,,,, ...,.,. ......... ..... 5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of .............. 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion -- Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title...................)4.3 Final Application for Payment. ....................*....14.12 Final Inspection .............................................. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.13-14.14 general.........................................................$.3, 14 Partial Utilization............................................14.10 Retainage..........................................................14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................. ............... 14.4-14.7 prompt payment..................................................8.3 Schedule of Values ............................................ j4.1 Substantial Completion...............................14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims,,,,,,,,, ............................14.15 when payments due ................................. 14.4, 14.13 withholding payment ........ ...................14.7 Performance Bonds .................. .......................... 5.1-5.2 Permits ........................................................... (.13 Petroleum-_ definition of.....................................................1.30 general..............................................................4.5 OWNER's responsibility for...............................5.10 Physical Conditions-- Drawings of, in or relating tq........................ 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's review,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.......................... 4.2.4 existing structures ............................................ 4.2.2 general4.2.1.2.......................................................... Notice of Differing Subsurface or, .................... 4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,.,.,.,,,,_„4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ...................................... 4.2.1 Subsurface and ................................. ................. 4.2 Subsurface Conditions...................................4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ....................... 4.2.2 Underground Facilities-- general.........................................................4.3 Not Shown or Indicsted..............................4.3.2 Protection of.........................................4.3, 6.20 Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated................................................4.3.1 Technical Data ............................................... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conferencee................................ 2.8 Preliminary Matters,,,,,,...,.. 2 Preliminary Schedules.............................................2.6 ........... Premises, Use Of ............................................. 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract I I Price, Contract --definition of., .................... �,...,,-..,. 1.11 Progress Payment, Applications fol.................... )4,2 Progress Payment--retainage................................ 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's,........... z.6, 2.8, 2.9, .............................. 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Project --definition of...............................................1.31 Project Representative— ENGINEER's Status During Construction, ............ 9.3 Project Representative, Resident --definition of ......... 1.33 prompt payment by OWNER.....................................8.3 Property Insurance -- Additional ................................. .................. ......5.7 general5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization ................................ 5.15, 14.10.2 receipt and application of proceeds,,,,,,,,,-„5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and ......................... . (.20-6.21, 13.2 Punchlist..........................................................14.11 Radioactive Material-- defintion of.....................................................1.32 general4.5- OWNER's responsibility for .............................. 8.10 Recommendation of Payment.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents ........................................ 6.19, 14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining ..........................Z.8 Reference Points,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Reference to Standards and, Specifications of Technical Societies.........................................3.3 Regulations, Laws and (or),,,.,-„ ....... ...............6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ................ 9.6 Related Work -- ... atSite........................................................7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.28 Remedies, cumulative......................................17.4, 17.5 Removal or Correction ofDefective Work................13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required ,.... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER,,.,,,,,, ........... 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies. ................................ 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports -- and Drawings.................................................4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ....................I gA Resident and Project Representative— definition of ..1.33 provisionfor.............................................................9.3 xii EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REv 9199) Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'$ ............... 6.2 Responsibilities-- CONTRACTOR's-in general .................................. 6 ENGINEER's-in general........................................9 Limitations on, ............................................ 9.13 OWNER's-in general............................................8 Retainage............................................................l.4.2 Reuse of Documents..................................................3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal ..........................6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments..................................... 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment...........................................a0.2 Rightsof Way..........................................................4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and ...................................... k.12 Safe Structural Loading ..........................................0.18 Safety -- and Protection................................4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, ......... ..... *..... 6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2 general .......... ........................................... 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR's .......................0.21 Samples -- definition of......................................................1.34 general.....................................................6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR ............................... 6.25 Review by ENGINEER..............................6.26, 6.27 related Work.....................................................0.28 submittal of....................................................6.24.2 submittal procedures.........................................0.25 Schedule of progress.............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values .............................. Z.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to..................................................15.2.1 Adjusting...........................................................0...6 Change of Contract Times.................................10.4 Initially Acceptable.. .._...... •......•.,•Z.8,2.9 Preliminary.......................................................2.6 Scope of Changes......................................10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions ........................................ 4.2.1.1 Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general .............•..........•...•... 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and, ........................................ 9:7-9.9 definition of .............................................. :....... 1.35 ENGINEER's approval of ................................. .6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review. ..................................... .7, 6.24-6.28 related Work.....................................................6.28 review procedures...............................2.8, 6.24-6.28 Article or Paragraph Number submittal required ............................................... 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures ...................................:..... 6.25 use to approve substitution$„• ...................„••....6.7.3 Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,•,.,,•,,.,,,,,•,,,••„•„•4.3.1 Site Access......................................................7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness.......................................................0.17 Site, Visits to -- by ENGINEER .......................................... 9.2, 13.2 byothers..........................................................13.2 "special causes of loss" policy form, insurance........................................................5.6.2 definition of.....................................................1.36 Specifications-- definationof....................................................1.3t• of Technical Societies, reference to...................3.3.1 precedence......................................................3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies........................4............... 3.3 Starting Construction, Before ...................... 4...... _, .5-2.8 Starting the World .................... ............................ ....2.4 Stop or Suspend Work -- by CONTRACTOR................4..........................1545 by OWNER .............. 4...................4.. 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment ..................... 4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety ........................... ........ 4.... .18 Subcontractor — Concerning,,. ............................... 6.8-6.1 l definition of.....................................................1.37 delays..................................................4..........12.3 waiver of rights.......................................4........0.11 Subcontractors —in general ..... ............................ 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required provision$,, ....... 5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals -- Applications for Payment ................................. 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manual§ ...... 4...... ' 12 Procedures ................................................... t. i Progress Schedules ....................................... ...9 Samples .............................. 4....... 4............ 6.24-b.28 Schedule of Values ........... 4.......... 4.......... 4... 2.6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions ....................... ...............2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ........................................ ......... Substantial Completion -- certification of. ..... . ........... 4.......... {.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of. ...................................... 4 ............. 1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedure& ........ 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Item$ ............................... 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense............................6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation ....... :......................... 6.7.3 "Or -Equal"... .... 4 ..........-..4.4 .................. .. 6.7.1.1 Substitute Construction ethods x0i EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) ^ w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures.............................................6.T2 Substitute Items ............................................ 6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relatug to ........................ 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's Review,,,,,..,............................... 4.2.4 general..............................................................4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized,,,,,. ...................................... .....4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.........................................4.2.3 Physical Conditions ...................................... 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5 Possible Price andTimes Adjustments..............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............... 4.2.1 Subsurface and .............. ..................................... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site,,,,,,, ...... 4.241.1 Technical Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .............................. 4.2.2 Supervision-- CONTRACTOR's responsibility ............. 4.........,,.,.6,1 OWNER shall not supervise .................... .. .......... 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence ........................... .................. .........0.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident.,,,......„...6.2 Supplemental costs...........................4....... ............ 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions -- definition of ...... ....4..........................................1.39 principal references to.................1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, .........I.............4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9, ................ 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9. 10 Supplementing Contract Documentg .... 4.....................3.6 Supplier -- definitionof ..................... ................................. 1.40 principal references to,,,, ....... 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 6.20, ..........................................6.24, 9.13, 14.12 Waiver of Rights .................... 4..........................6.11 Surety -- consent to final paymen(.......... 4...... d..... 14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to ............................. 9.13 Notification of .......................... 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 qualification of,,., ..4...... ................j.1-5.3 Survival of Obligation .. .. . ... ...... * .,,........,,.... 6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May .......................13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination--,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate,,, OWNER May Suspend Work,,,,..... 4....................15.1 OWNER May Terminate .................... 4........ 1542-15.4 Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR, ................. ....., 6.15 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR, ....... 4........ 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................. 4,2.3 xiv Temporary construction facilities 4.1 Article or Paragraph Number Termination -- byCONTRACTOR ............................................ ................ by OWNER........................................8.8, 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEER's employment ..... .......................... $.2 Suspension of Work-in general,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 15 Terms and Adjectives..............................................3.4 Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work, by others ............................13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ......................13.5 cost of 13.4 covering Work prior to ..... .......................... 13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations(or)................................ 13.5 Notice of Defects...............................................13.1 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 OWNER's independent testing ..........................i3.4 special, required by ENGINEER ..........................9.6 timely notice required,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...................... 13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGiNEER's . . request ................................................ 13.8- l 3.9 Times -- Adjusting................................... ........................ 6.6 Change of Contract ............. ................... 12 Computation of................................................17.2 Contract Times --definition of ........................... ).12 day.........................................................17.2.2 Milestones..........................................................12 Requirements-- appeals..................................................9. ] 0, 16 clarifications, claims and disputes ,,,,,,,,,.„.„...9.11, 11.2, 12 Commencement of Contract Times................?.3 Preconstruction Conference,,,......,. ............... 2,g. schedules.........................................2.6, 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work.........................................2.4 Title, Warranty of...................................................14.3 Uncovering Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,........... ..............13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions— definition of....................................................1.41 Not Shown or Indicated................................... 4.3.2 protection of ............................................. 4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated..........................................4.3.1 Unit Price Work-- claims.........................................................1.1.9.3 .. definition of....................................................1.42 general11.9, 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices-- generali1.3.1 Determination for ............................................ 9110 Use of Premises,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , , 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners ... ......... . .....0.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2' Utilization, Partial...................1.28, 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work..................................................11.3 Values, Schedule of..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Variations in Work --Minor Authorized ....................................... 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site —by ENGINEER....................................9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ......................14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties..................5.11, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR ..................... :.......................... 0.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's........................14.3 Work -- Accessto..........................................................13.2 byothers............................................................... 7 Changes in the.....................................................10 Continuing the..................................................0.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate...............................................15.5 Coordination of...................................................7.4 Cost of the ......................... ........................ 11.4-11.5 definition of......................................................1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR...........................13.14 otherWork............................................................7 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.10, 15.1 Related, Work at Site....................................7.1-7.3 Starting the ........................................................ ZA Stopping by CONTRACTOR.............................15.5 Stopping by OWNER.................................15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minoi........... 3.6 Work Change irective— claims pursuant to.............................................J0.2 definition of......................................................1.44 principal references. to......................3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment -- definition of......................................................1.45 principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12, ..........................0.6.2, 6..2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, .......................... 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations...................................3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Re uired-- by CONTRACTOR ............................ 7.1, 9.10-9.11, ... .................... I ............... I... 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER ....................9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 xv _ E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) (This page left blank intentionally) xv1 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I —DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order —A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents —The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13, CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). •1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. L17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER'S Consultant --A person, firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to famish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 1.20. General Requirements -Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous Waste -The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.22,b. Legal Holidays -shall be those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collins. 1.23. Liens -Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. Milestone -A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. Notice of Award -A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER -The public body or authority,' corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Utilization -Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs -Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum -Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31. Project -The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32.a. Radioactive Material -Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32.b. Rerular War" Hours-11 lar working hours are defined as 7:00ang m to 6:00nm unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements. 1.33. Resident Project Representative -The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples -Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.35. Shop Drawings -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications -Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.- 1.37. Subcontractor -An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion -The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEERS written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete' and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier -A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract._ with .CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Facilities -All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attar iments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to famish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive —A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment --A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents. 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Mtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. in Its evew �...ee....,._....,. ,.,. _a Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar days for each review by Engineer. 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and 03W� shall eueh deliver to the ether OWNER with copies to d ,t'fmd_ n.., e. .r a" ENGINEER, rr certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance reasonably regeesE requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4, 5.6 and S. . Preconstruction Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to nun, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and .other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, before any work at the site begins a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as approprate designated by OWNER, will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies, Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any -- governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest — standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any _ such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in _ paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, =.lie provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference irf the Contract Documents); or EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) wf CITY OF FORT coLLINs MODIFICATIONS (REv 4Ro00) 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", 'acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edi6m) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or beating the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability ofLands: 4.1. OWNER shall famish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of - way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles l f and 12. PINE PeMeEEA. O%PUL P. -a I I mwa a iY 4C �xumwnnvuaaxnr nun ua�a� r rLioa Pa tY IXIET KLapN CO% C10.V ERT MIYLL EICIpO ��i • � r vrvr u= COMCRE P"Em0 JOIIR OEf.VL Paxx SECTION IN BITUMINOUS PAAMENT ` —T SECTION IN EARTH SECTION IN CONCRER OR AGGREWE PAy. NT BOLLARD ...' �..�:. P a 1S IILL21 PIA% CS606 CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.L Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from arty "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, pren3ptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review. ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will he issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 1 I.9; and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect; of Contract Price and Contract Times by the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown, or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, premptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or Performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6,20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR '• is responsible. 1. N. M ........ ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance any Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTORs obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agenPs authority to act. 5.2. If the surety on any Bond fiunished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in an. - state Where any part of the Project is located or it ceases t, meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTORc shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers, Certificates of Insurance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. 9Vl MP. shall EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edifim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or famished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or famish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.L claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit ads; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of b6dily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR'S employees; 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations; whichever is greater; 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EcUtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 5.4.10. include contractual . liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so provide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OWNER's Liability Insurance: 5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5A, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: 00 NM eaver-age del ...A......d... eellapsef fi—s ....1 demelition ..f de......... aw ..ueh ..L.e.. Pe•:ls a mey b ORE 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in s�eh less and if a" ef them wishes pFepeFty insurene I�RIR�!TRj�R�f.�f'-..J�T1lRS'�l�T_ ... !!TS1rTRAT 1 . L L _ 1. I op,gompo FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edidm) 10 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds: 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the' Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers aad-if Fequked in by Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bends- o insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the ether CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the OWNER will ' notify CONTRACTOR in writing within ten fifteen days after Feeeipt delivery of the certificates fer etkeF evidence requested] to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7. 78 shall ftatify the _ tO _ haS L What P"L's imemsts at r e�- QrdeF to adjust th Partial Utilization —Property Insurance: 5.15, If OWNER fords it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial E)CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurersproviding the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not pennit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be Performed on Saturday, Sunday Holidays or outside the Regular Working Hours 11 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6 4 1 Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must comply with the Citv's purchasing restrictions. A I of the resolutions are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk Mana eg ment Division or the City Clerk's office. 6 4 2 Cement Restrictions• City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items. 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 19io-8 (1990 Edition) 12 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be — accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole — discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment — proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient — information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material , or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. — The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will - include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to famish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will — perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of " Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that ^ specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of — redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORSs Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTORSs expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposalor submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTORSs expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. 6_8. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others. 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) 6_9. CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own forces (that is without subcontracting) The 20 percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of winch totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. 6.8.2. if the 9upplementafy PendifiesEiddine Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER ' date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER,— w" aceordanee with the O.. OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of will constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the use of the named subcontractors suppliers or other persons or oreanizatron on the Work unless prior wntten approval 1s obtained from OWNER and ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTORS own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any subcontractor supplier or other person or organization evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment" 13 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terns and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. MAwnevef any Sash agp is 'Aith a soestwfteteF or supplier Whe is listed as an hs [ C S O _..0._ L_a..._.._ -the rwrnornnn mrnn.rcnnin n__�.,.__._ � _n _at.._ my of the pefils seyffed-by the .v__r-E. 1f the :. slam-- ...._ oily sueh peliaies regrtire Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent perritted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. Permits: 6.13, Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.14. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable -to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACPOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.15.L OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and local sales and use taxes on materials to be Permanently incorporated into thenroiect. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Annex EtCDC GENERAL CONDMONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 14 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIRCATIONS (REV 42000) 1375 Sherman Street Denver, Colorado, 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and building materials physically incorporated into the project are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included in appropriate bid items Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER orany other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste. materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents. E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final payment these record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. al] the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 XXJERAI: Curve muvrt Ml+de NW 4aviP4(wTAWl016m1m1i�g Xac .ow._ b.m,e.ilma�mammma�wmm�'aa u�ii� dammn. wa`s.� aewm.. wrswwa mm-a mXmexRsn�nvRX c aem.w.w�a„m.a.o.:nnsee.asi.�a.vcnnay. r®a. v a �amw mm[m Y� u. �aimo..wo a se AYmema'RY,nsn. neisans,m nwamrm.vsa,rrosam Isn7. ai..Y.s.Yaueem.ymm.ae®oa+n Y;�dmlmae�.._ . �mee my ©rn ImW Yl4uvnmwa®,bL, Pav'Nea,v Rvael,Smla Q®4v�YWlhumlm xdeNmMeNib. RruW ] YI RmlmbexY�al Ma•+uevpwe N. 4lolvl tluY4e W v Yedmwu W wdmJNvry. C rtvlvwlhemlmo{msamNimwnor5S0 ypIIm,No;l. XnTCI�' Siy6 br ryomdy YI %mmulmuei ty Bi4q m%d I-� nt K]o w eypuea prW. ttW�ImflNU Ylhnenahmtlh Wlw mmdm]wm.a.Imlomm m,a eMt fNeNdvvpemlgYd XmelmrYl%nMeNu'Jumivw GmmllYs�e-•. ,mwNmNM5M0 Wm vNl W. QUN4aveltllheM V N'.bvvwwlYvmW gvRvumGge nvmvu ml Meeemvnn cncvym vaNl.lRm�meedrmaW fivgyuy �� ,MI trmalml ml Wa ILfiaet M,Amev�mvemun[m9L•Immmiv. M,mY waw Mml6am. Cmq,®v�FNmvvwl l�'vmawasmwbrm pmi6tlb.meM W W midvYvrF.vdu Nl M1sim Yl� 6a��lvlwNe� .®d ma b1v645eR w+et M a Imiv IN (mN and pe eur%a Flmev6vtl. Rill YpiryaMl�IR'SdrbasbryCpipe.M YlhTgvl mxmJC._ I wh W e®umml6vMa W rvmelwvim vAe N4�vmP®� 'm a@^aW �vlwmmvmemiAVWv,avl Wgwu. SpraaRm�mvrtQavq may rm� a pp N m pew.ly in ma. CO.LL6C010 M16: Rpmalm� N'Fm1aTF(AfCm¢YC) s� we. ail>maa„aolw;.mYa. ms.mp.xn•rooscm•p a�nxs.m�m..rla e•omi m� OvmMmYlweam�vaa r]igmbapmbam�. .PIroRMANa. ss�®w.®m�macws<Yiee IOX.,e.m maraw.q.,;l,,. WyT,m w.mra m-an sY�m amrlX a�11 W ,moa - x i .iam, mnmmnrnmoc aw.mseR..b. aa�ae.wav �ma Xaaeluev smmoma=rm. Y^ipvn: ,�Iem.smY lnt MpeLagparvl mW fimWd Imaytllleimlvnmuym mmparwmave�muamvYbvry 6wneJW eA.sv rumveuum¢atlnp'®®per P'Sp.LLV.Ttli. IwY a1.4av vR,evv na m,lmng p'av m mtlmv, m mnursm�v iw�ama vtl �vmnmaim. RNvmSmim 0]II� TmMiag RVYfillay vtl Cunpaam•ymmYvw�mamuyu notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. Safety Representative: CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without specialinstruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submittal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the _ performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will beat a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOWs obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop -- Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's _ review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or _ incorporation in the Work, conform to the inforrnati,.- given in the Contract Documents and be compatible w: the design concept of the completed Project .as functioning whole as indicated by the Conti; , Documents. ENGINEEWs review and approval will n, extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences • or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 FAtim) 16 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6,25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR Continuing the Work: 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT C01LINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop_ Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. Indemnification: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Woik or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,. -,any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of 'them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNERS own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (ii) CONTRACTOR may make a, claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7,2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNERS employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will, only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will tie affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors, 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR'S Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall *have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data, required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4, OWNERSs duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies, of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 18 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. and maintaining liability and pfep", insuranee are so 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. M. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will he OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. !'lots to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEERSs on -site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities andauthority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 Genditiens of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplemeiatru=y Gendifieft nameranh 9.3 9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities Representative wall• 9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress M schedule and other schedules premed by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the ENGINEER concerning acceptability. 9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings and other job conferences and prepare and circulate copies of minutes of meetings. 9.3.2.3. Liaison 9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR working principally through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required, for prover execution of the Work. 9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.4.Review of Work. Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests - 9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER in detemrining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting inspectors representing vublic or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.5 Interpretation of Contract Documents. Report to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents as issued by the ENGINEER 9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for E/CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 20 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to ENGINEER. Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR decisions issued by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.7. Records. 9.3.2.8. Reports. 9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGINEER_periodic reports, as reguired. of the progress of the Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of shop Drawing and sample submittals. 9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in advance of scheduling major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 9.3.2.8.3. Draft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes, obtaining backup material from the CONTRACTOR and recommend to ENGINEER Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and field orders. 9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately x_. ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of any accident. 9.3.2.9. Payment Reauests. Review apolications for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendation to ENGINEER. noting particularly the relationship o the payment requested to the schedule of values work completed and materials and egui meet delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 9.3.2.10. Completion 9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring correction or completion 9.3.2 10 2 Conduct final inspection in the company of the ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be corrected or completed 9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance 9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall not: 9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment, unless authorized by the ENGINEER. 9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents 9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or CONTRACTOR'S superintendent 9.3.3.4. Advise on or issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means methods techniques sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in cormections with the Work. 9 3 3 6 Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR. 9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or in part 9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by the ENGINEER. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the forth of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I I or Article 12, Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article l I or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decisions on Disputes. 9.11. .ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and famishing of the Work and claims under Articles I I and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving risethereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing parry's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER'S written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a form of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights of remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any — such claim, dispute or other matter. 9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision — made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, — control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any _ failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform _ or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. — 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the _ acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. _ 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 22 wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10--CHANGES 1N THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision m accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6,29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for perfom¢ng the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11.9.1 through 1.1.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall ine(uderbut-iiet be limited to; salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and Fetfrement. benefitsrbenuses, applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or fumished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to _ OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which -- remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, _ installation, dismantling and removal thereof --all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use _ thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which _ CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations: I I A.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly .� employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related _ expenses) caused by damage to the Work;: not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in comlection with the F1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 Edidon) 24 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4t2000) performance and famishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. I I.S. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and Trot specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4—all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTORS fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTORS principal, and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTORSs capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph I IA.5.9 above). EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990'Editim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTORSs fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTORS fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTORS fee shall be five percent; 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fe ` ' ' ' to be neeotiated in Rood faith with the OWNER but not to exceed five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor. 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11 A.5 and 11.5; 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be 25 A I 11 11 11, 11, 11 /1 /1 11 11 /1 11, 11,' • 19i � !II 11 iID 11; SECURITY { 11 FENCE EXISTING EMPLOYEEEPARKING 11 11; PLANTS ADDED 11, 11, 11 ,I I/ • 11 VII, 111 11, 11, 11, 11 � 11, 11 11 _ lec. i V REVISED QUANTITIES .► .� r q�A SEE REVISED PLANT LIST • D-2 /•M► :�-i�-ram f►� ADDENDUM #1 SERVICE mmmflmm�r rr ' DLandsca._ .. _ r r r ARCHITECTS CENTER . .. determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances. 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Work. 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Mfiw) 26 w CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole discretion without affecting the Contract Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of the original total Contrail Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR 12A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reeseneble-limes for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests of approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edifim) cot CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover, the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing,as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or .replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may [Hake a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such 27 uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1.If within oneyear two Years after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to ran from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of ene year two Years after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER'S evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and ETCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19io-8 (1990 Edition) 28 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.L The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or custodianship By executing the application for payment form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101 et sec. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E(ition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final detennination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including fatal payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or famish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEERS opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events . enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or, paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the. tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Ufilizadon: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such par of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. FJCDC OENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Mtim) 30 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete; the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4@000) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may famish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Project manual Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17 6 2 of these General Conditions, 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14,15.1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2.A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work. 15.1. Al any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Tunes, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles l I and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. if such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 32 * CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 1 I and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will.be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Claim: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.Cumuladve Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included. 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this Agreement Reference to two Pertinent Colorado statutes are as follows' 17.6.2. If a claim is filed OWNER is required by law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials team hire sustenance, provisionss.provender or other supplies used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or -his 33 34 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODE+ICATIONS (REV 4/2000) (This page left blank intentionally.) EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edifim) 35 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) PLANT LIST ABB. SCIENTIFIC NAME DECIDUOUS TREES FNF Fraxinus nigra'Fallgold' FP Fraxinus pennsylvanica GD Gymnocladus dioica GTS Gleditsia triacanthos in.'Shademaster' QR Querous Robur ORNAMENTAL TREES CCI Crataegus crus-galli'Ineonis' EVERGREEN TREES PPG Picea pungens glauca PPG Picea pungens glauca PPG Picea pungens glauca PN Pinus nigre PN Pinus nigra PN Pinus nigra DECIDUOUS SHRUBS AA Aronia arbutifolia'Brilliantissima' AM Aronia melanocarpa CDC Cotoneaster divaricatus CSI Comus sericea'Isanti' SCH Symphoricarpos x chenaultii'Hancock' RA Ribes alpinum COMMONNAME SIZE NOTES QTY, Fallgold Ash 2" cal B+B 9 Green Ash 2" cal B+B 12 Kentucky Coffeetme 2" cal B+B 3 Shademaster Honeylocust 2" cal B+B 3 English Oak 2" cal B+B 3 Thornless Cockspur Hawthorn 2" cal B+B 4 Colorado Blue Spruce 8' ht. B+B 3 Colorado Blue Spruce 10' ht. B+B 4 Colorado Blue Spruce 12' ht. B+B 4 Austrian Pine 8' ht. B+B 4 Austrian Pine 10' hl. B+B 2 Austrian Pine 12' ht. B+B 2 Red Chokebeny 5 gal. V o.c. 45 Black Chokeberry 5 gal. 4' o.c. 42 Spreading Cotoneaster 5 gal. 4' o.c. 47 Isanti Dogwood 5 gal. 6' o.c. 76 5 gal. 5' 0 8 Hancock Coralberry 5 gal. 5' o.c. 67 Alpine Current 5 gal. 5' O.C. 47 EVERGREEN SHRUBS JCH Juniperus chinensls'Holberf Holbert Juniper 5 gal. T o.c. JSB Juniperus sabina'Buffalo' Buffalo Juniper 5 gal. 6' o.c. MITIGATION: 5 existing trees have were identified on site to be mitigated. The City Forester recommended on 3/11/02 -10 proposed trees should be upsized to replace the 5 trees lost. The 10 trees to be upsized are Identified in the plant list above. REVISED PLANT LIST SHEET L1 VAUGHT • FRYE I If ARCHITECTS ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN 40IWMMountain Avenue Suite200 Fatt Coliw,CO805 6u 970224.1662 phone 970224.1191 w .veughtrrye.= UTILITY SERVICE CENTER ADDENDUM #1 59 135 VF BIPI ZY A890CLTU. INC. it1YSYY Mar AD-2 Landscape Plan by LH IScale 1"=30' EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty -fast day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other patty to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be trade after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other [natter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGWEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.L the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed GC -Al SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project City of Fort Collins Wood Street & Elm Street, Fort Collins, Colorado Terracon Project #20025065 May 20, 2002 Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule 10 days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. SC-13.12 Correction Period: Amend paragraph 13.12.1 to read; If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion... SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment 9/99 CHANGE ORDER NO. _ PROJECT TITLE: Utility Services Center Warehouse Storage Improvements — BID #5727 - CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: In preparing change orders show in order as separate numbered paragraphs the following: — 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of change: — 3. Change in contract cost: _ 4. Change in contract time. (Attach additional sheets as reauired) ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST 0 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS 0 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDERS 0 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0 — ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST 0 (Assuminc all chance orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: ' Contractor's Representative Date ACCEPTED BY: Special Projects Manager _ Date REVIEWED BY: Vaught -Frye Architects Date APPROVED BY: Utilities General Manager cc: City Clerk Project File Contractor Purchasing Engineer Date Section 00960 Application for Payment Insert pages 1 - 4 9/99 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROJECT: Utility Services Center Warehouse Storage Improvements PO# DATE: CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: PARTIAL TO The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief the work covered by this application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all accounts have been paid by him for Work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received, in this current payment shown herein is now due. CONTRACTOR: By: FINAL In accordance with the Contract Documents, based on site observations and the data comprising the above application, the Architects Certifies to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED. ENGINEER: Vaught -Frye Architects 0 Application is made for Payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule of Values is attached. The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL) TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS CURRENT PAYMENT DUE REVIEWED BY: Special Projects Manager APPROVED BY: Utilities General Manager cc: Accounting City Clerk Contractor Engineer Project File DATE: DATE: CONTINUATION SHEET AIA DOCUMENT G703 Pape 2 Cay or Fort coons Pmpresa Pey� Form for Uft Senaces Ce warenwm Storape hnprove is APPLICATION #: APPLICATION DATE: PERIOD FROM: PERIOD TO: PURCHASE ORER 0 ARCHITECTS PROJECT NO: o oo©ooi©oo DESCRIPTION OF WORK lip IN all DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Utility Service Center Warehouse Storage Improvements project consists of site modifications to the existing Utility Service Center Warehouse Storage facility, located at 700 Wood Street, at the eastern terminus of West Vine Drive, and northeast of the corner of Elm Street and Wood Street. The Work will include removal of an existing building, selective site demolition, tree removal and other selective site clearing, earthwork water distribution, sewers and manholes, aggregate surfacing, asphalt pavement, concrete pavement, concrete curb and gutter, modifications to Elm Street, cast -in -place concrete retaining walls, security fencing and gates, landscaping and site lighting and electrical service, signage and other site improvements as indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Division 1 - General Requirements govern work under all divisions of Specifications. B. Fees and Permits: 1. The following fees and permits shall be paid by the Contractor: a. Building Permit. b. Plan Check Fee. 2. The following fees and permits shall be paid by the Owner: All other development and plant Investment fees. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA A. Drawings: See index on Drawings. B. Specifications: Utility Service Center Warehouse Storage Improvements, 700 Wood Street, Fort Collins, Colorado, dated August 19, 2002. C. Addenda: All addenda Issued prior to bidding. 1.04 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Failure to Visit Site: Will not relieve Contractor from necessity of furnishing materials or performing work that may be required to complete work in accordance with Drawings and Specifications without additional cost to Owner. 1.05 CONTRACTS A. Single Contract: All work indicated on the Drawings and described in the Specifications will be executed under one prime contract between Owner and General Contractor. VF 2002-09 01100-1 DESIGNER'S NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL HAND WATER ANY EXISTING LANDSCAPED AREA 1)15TURBED BY CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION THAT CANNOT ESE PROVIDED IMMEDIATE IRRIGATION, TO ENSURE LANDSCAPE WATER REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IF EXISTING IRRIGATION REQUIRES FIELD CHANGES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST EXISTING IRRIGATION ALONG EAST SIDE OF PARKING LOT TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DRIP IRRIGATION. PROJECT NAME! UTILITY SERVICE CENTER 1140 HINES IRRIGATION CONSNITANTS, INC. SYSTW r DEEM AND WATfff NANAGRANWf M VIC!t 349 L FOODUS PARKWAY, SLITF I—W rCRT COLUKS, COLORADO 50523 Tv., ': 920,2".9213 rc. 9702264662 DRAWING DESCRIPTION: IRRIGATION DESIGN ADDENDUM PEV15ION: ADDENDUM Al DATE: AUGUST 30, 2002 BY: MLT 1.06 WORK BY OTHERS A. Coordination and Cooperation: Coordinate with the work by others in the review of shop drawings and the exact location of rough -ins for their equipment. Cooperate In the scheduling of work and in the use of space. Furnish and Install related Items such as rough -in, blocking and structural supports, grouting, electrical rough -In, mechanical rough -in, etc. B. Work by Others to be Executed During or After Completion of this Contract: Items Indicated to be not In contract (N.I.C.) on Drawings. 1.07 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Access: Restrict access to extent required to allow for on -going Utility Service Center facility operations during Its regular hours of operation. B. Construction Operations: Umited to areas where work Is Indicated. See Section 01500 regarding construction fence. 1. Take precautions to allow for continued Utility Service Center facility operations including employee access and other outside activities. 2. Disruptive Operations: Upon notification from Owner, cease operations which are, - in opinion of Owner, disruptive to Owner's continuing operations. Schedule such _ operations as described above. 3. Power Outages: Coordinate and schedule any required electrical or other utility outages with Owner. Outages shall be allowed only at previously agreed upon times. In general outages shall be scheduled at times when the facility Is not being utilized. _ C. Construction Parking: Parking for construction labor on site shall be contained within area of construction fence. See Section 01500. Parking outside construction fence shall be off site or in areas specifically designated by the Owner for such use. D. Phasing of Construction: See Phasing Plans on Drawings. 1. Coordinate construction phasing with operation of Owner's existing facility. The Owner intends to occupy portions of the facility throughout construction. 2. Establish effective communications with the Owner regarding his operation and moving schedule. Give as much advance notice as possible, in addition to the minimums specified, for construction activities which will affect Owner's operations. E. Sequencing of Construction Plan: Before start of construction on site, submit three copies of construction plan regarding access to work; use of site; and phasing of new, demolition and renovation work for acceptance by Owner and Engineer. After acceptance of plan, construction sequencing shall comply with accepted plan unless deviations are accepted in writing. " 1.08 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate work of various sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating Items installed later. VF 2002-09 01100-2 B. Equipment: Verify that characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various sections having Interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. 1. Electrical Requirements: Comply with NEC. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01 100-3 SECTION 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.01 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES A. Preconstruction and Contract Accomplishment Conference: Meeting will be scheduled by Engineer after Notice of Award. 1. Contractor will submit executed bonds and insurance certificates and will sign contract at this meeting. 2. Administrative requirements such as products lists, schedule of values, payment applications, progress charts, change order procedures and project closeout will be reviewed in detail. 3. Tax exempt status procedures will also be discussed. B. Site Mobilization Conference: Meeting will be scheduled by Engineer at site immediately prior to Contractor move -in. Representatives of Contractor. Electrical Subcontractor, Geotechnical Engineer, Owner, Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer and Landscape Architect will be present. Job site procedures to Include following items will be discussed: 1. Procedures for maintaining project record documents. 2. Owner's requirements. 3. Construction facilities and controls. 4. Temporary utilities. 5. Security and housekeeping procedures. 6. Materials testing. 7. Services of the Geotechnical Engineer. 8. Requirements of start-up trades. 9. Construction layout. 10. Communications with design professionals. 11. Access to and use of site in relation to continued use of existing facilities. 1.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Meetings: Contractor will schedule regular periodic meetings at Contractor's job site field office. Representatives of Owner, Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer and Landscape Architect will be invited to attend. Also Invited as appropriate to items under discussion, will be selected subcontractors and suppliers. Following items will be discussed: 1. Review of work progress since previous meetings. 2. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 3. Problems which impede construction schedule. 4. Review of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules. 5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 6. Revisions to construction schedule. 7. Plan progress, schedule during succeeding work period. 8. Coordination of schedules. 9. Maintenance of quality standards. 10. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required. VF 2002-09 01312-1 11. Review proposed changes for effect on other trades, construction schedule and completion date. 12. Coordination of separate contracts. 13. Other business as required. B. Agenda and Minutes: Contractor shall establish agenda, subject to Owner and Engineer review, and keep and distribute minutes of progress meetings and lists of those present and others as directed. 1. Contractor: Advise Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of meeting regarding Items added to agenda. C. Persons Representing Contractor at Meetings: Have authority to commit Contractor to solutions agreed upon in meetings. To maximum extent possible, assign some person or persons to represent Contractor at meetings throughout progress of work. D. Coordination Meetings: Progress meetings shall in no way be considered substitute for Contractor/subcontractor coordination meetings. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01312-2 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. List of Subcontractors: l . Instructions to Bidders. 2. General Conditions. B. Products List: 1. Section 01600 Product Requirements C. Progress Schedule: 1. General Conditions. D. Schedule of Values: 1. General Conditions. E. Performance Bond/Payment Bond: 1. General Conditions. Insurance Certificates: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions. G. Applications for Payment: 1. General Conditions. Project Record Documents: 1. Section 01780 Closeout Submittals. Warranties: 1. Section 01780 Closeout Submittals. J. Final Paperwork: 1. General Conditions. 2. Section 01780 Closeout Submittals. 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittals: Made early enough to account for processing described below and reasonable period for review by Engineer and Engineer's consultants. Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 1. Allow at least 10 days for initial review for Submittal submitted per Submittal Schedule. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals or If submittal is unscheduled. Engineer will promptly advise the Subcontractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. VF 2002-09 01330-1 2. If an Intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 3. Allow at least 10 days for reprocessing each submittal. 4. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit — submittals to Engineer sufficiently In advance of the Work to permit processing. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of — construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for Identification. Indicate submittal number and the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. — 1. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5' on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. — 2. Include the following Information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. — c. Name and address of supplier. _ d. Name of manufacturer. e. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. — D. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Engineer using a transmittal form. Submittals — received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. 1. On the transmittal Record relevant Information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, _ including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification stamp on each submittal certifying that Information complies with Contract Document requirements. 2. Contractor: Review submittals for accuracy, completeness, and conformity with - Contract Documents. Stamp with Contractor's stamp/date. Signature of individual who reviewed shop drawings is required below Contractor's stamp. 3. Architect/Engineer will review each scheduled submittal once. Items submitted — without sufficient information, or found to be Inadequately prepared will be rejected. For submittal and/or Shop Drawings rejected/resubmitted Items will occur " at the Architect/Engineer's standard hourly rates, payable by the Contractor to the — Architect/Engineer based upon the Architect/Engineer's time records for the duplicated submittal review service. — 4. For submittals where action and return is required or requested: Contractor shall review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return within time period - specified herein. VF 2002-09 01330-2 a. Compliance with specified characteristics Is the Contractor's responsibility. b. Submittals for information, closeout documents, record documents and other submittals for similar purposes: no action will be taken. 1.03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Schedule: In form of chart and indicate start and completion of each of elements on Schedule of Values. 1. Completion Time: As specified in Agreement. Revise schedule when completion time is revised by change order. B. Schedule Submittal: Within ten days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and four prints of preliminary construction schedule. 1. Within 10 days after receipt of review comments on preliminary schedule, submit one reproducible and four prints of construction schedule. 2. With each monthly application for payment, submit four prints of updated construction schedule indicating actual work progress in comparison to scheduled progress. C. Estimated Payments: Prepare and submit estimate of partial payments as reflected by estimated work progress with submittal of construction schedule. D. Monthly Reports: 1. With each monthly application for payment, submit itemized report of delivery status of major and critical items of purchased equipment and material, including shop drawings and status of shop and field fabricated work. 2. If completion of any part of work or delivery of materials is behind construction schedule, submit plan for bringing work up to schedule. 3. Owner shall have right to withhold progress payments for work if Contractor falls to update and submit progress schedule and reports as specified. E. Contractor's Responsibility: Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be usurpation of Contractor's authority and responsibility to plan and schedule work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBMITTALS LIST, SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURES A. Submittal: Within 30 days after award of contract, and before any items are submitted for review, submit to Engineer two copies of submittal list and schedule. B. Schedule: Compile complete schedule of all submittals anticipated to be made during progress of work. 1. Include list of each type of Item for which Contractor's drawings, shop drawings, product data, Certificates of Compliance, samples, warranties or other types of submittals are required. 2. On acceptance by Engineer, Contractor shall adhere to schedule except when specifically otherwise permitted. VF 2002-09 01330-3 C. Code Designatlon: On schedule, designate each Item with number code utilizing specification section five digit numbers. 1. Each Submittal: Marked with same code designation. D. Coordination: Coordinate schedule with subcontractors and materials suppliers. E. Revisions: Revise and update schedule on monthly basis as necessary to reflect conditions and sequences. Promptly submit any revised schedules to Engineer for review. F. Transmittals: Include transmittal letter with each submittal, identify item by above code designation and reference to speciflcation section. Use separate transmittal for each submittal. 1. Each Submittal: Have chronological submittal number. 2. Resubmittals: Have original submittal number and letter in alphabetical order for each resubmittal. — 3. Mechanical and Electrical Submittals: Broken down Into parts so that Indivldual parts can be resubmitted without confusion. G. Deviations: Clearly mark and note any deviations from Contract Documents in submittals. - 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: Make particular note of field -measured dimensions, as -built conditions, and conditions requiring special coordination with other contractors and requirements of activities of Owner. B. Subcontractor: Submit one reproducible tracing and three prints per shop drawing sheet and specified number of samples to Contractor. C. Contractor: 1. Review shop drawings for accuracy, completeness, and conformity with Contract Documents. Make notes and corrections on reproducible tracings and prints. - 2. Stamp with Contractor's stamp/date, Signature of Individual who reviewed shop drawings is required below Contractor's stamp, 3. Print as required for Contractor's record. _ 4. Send reproducible tracings and three prints to Engineer. 5. Shop drawings not stamped and signed by Contractor will be returned. — D. Engineer: 1. Check drawings by making notes and corrections on reproducible tracings and prints, stamp "No Exceptions Taken", "Revise and Resubmit", "Rejected", etc. as required. 2. In event that shop drawings require consultant's check route reproducible and print _ through consultant and back to Engineer as necessary. Consultant will retain one set of prints. 3. Retain one set of prints for record and transmit one set to Owner if required. 4. Return marked reproducibles to Contractor. VF 2002-09 01330-4 E. Contractor: 1. Send reproducible tracings to subcontractor. F. Subcontractor: 1. Print necessary copies for record, distribution, etc. G. Resubmittal: In event shop drawings have to be resubmitted to Engineer, original reproducible tracings and prints shall be returned directly to Contractor. Subcontractor shall make his corrections and re-route new reproducible tracings and prints as outlined above. H. References: Reference shop drawings to applicable Drawings and specification sections to facilitate ease and accuracy of checking. 1.06 PRODUCT DATA A. Subcontractor: Submit six copies of brochure material and any required samples. B. Routing: Routing will be as indicated above for shop drawings with Engineer and Engineer retaining three copies for file and returning three copies to Contractor for his file and distribution to subcontractor as applicable. C. Reference: Reference product data to applicable Drawings and specification sections to facilitate ease and accuracy of checking. D. When contents of submitted literature from manufacturers Includes data not pertinent to submittal, clearly indicate which portion of contents is being submitted for review. 1.07 JOB SITE DOCUMENTS A. Documents: Keep complete set of accepted shop drawings or product data at jobsite. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Field Measurements: Responsibility of Contractor. 1.09 SAMPLES A. Sample requirements for materials where colors, textures or finishes are subject to selection by Engineer are indicated in their respective Sections of the Specifications. Certain other samples may also be requested for use by Engineer in preparation of color and material sample presentations for Owner. B. Submittal: Promptly after receipt of checklist, assemble and deliver to Engineer complete collection of required samples. Unless otherwise specified, submit samples in quantity which is required to be returned plus one which will be retained by Engineer. C. Samples: Bear tag or label providing following information: 1. Project name and location. 2. Manufacturer, supplier. VF 2002-09 01330-5 3. Name, finish, and composition of material. 4. Location of where material Is to be used. 5. Specification section number. Labels: Large enough for acceptance stamp. D. Selection: Upon receipt of complete collection of samples, Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, make selections and prepare and deliver to Contractor schedule covering items subject to selection. Engineer reserves right not to make individual determination or selections until all samples of all materials are submitted. 1.10 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE A. Certificates: 1. Where Certificates of Compliance are specified, show on each certification name and location of work, name and address of Contractor, quantity and date or dates of shipment or delivery to which certificate applies, and name of manufacturer. 2. Certification: In form of letter or company standard forms. 3. Certificates: Signed by officer of manufacturer. 4. Laboratory Test Reports: Show date of testing, specified requirements for which testing was performed, and results of tests. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01330-6 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED WOOD STREET CULVERT PROJECT CITY OF FORT COLLINS FACILITIES WOOD STREET AND ELM STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO TERRACON PROJECT NO.20025065 MAY 20, 2002 Prepared for. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - OPERATIONS SERVICES DEPARTMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT, PLANNING, 8, DESIGN 117 NORTH MASON STREET P.O. BOX 580 FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80522-0580 ATTN: MR. JACK GIANOLA Prepared by. Terracon 301 North Howes Street Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 1rerrac SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.01 PERMITS AND FEES A. Responsibility for Fees and Permits: See General Conditions and Section 01100 Summary. B. Construction Document Review and Release of Building Permit Submittals: Include the following as required by City of Fort Collins Community Planning and Environmental Services, Building and Zoning Department. 1. Completed building application per building. 2. Completed application check list for commercial and/or residential. 3. Complete sets of Colorado professional "Wet Stamped" plans, including following drawings. a. Site plans. b. Civil. c. Electrical. 4. Completed Energy Code compliance forms. 1.02 CODES AND ORDINANCES A. Compliance: All contractors shall comply with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations in effect at time of bid opening including but not necessarily limited to following: Applicable local codes and ordinances Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition, with Fort Collins Amendments Uniform Mechanical Code, 1991 Edition International Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, 1999 Edition Model Energy Code, 1995 Edition, with amendments for residential Fort Collins Nonresidential Energy Code, an amended version of ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989 ICC/ANSI Al 17.1-1998 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities Poudre Fire Authority requirements Utility company requirements State Department of Labor Requirements State Department of Health Requirements National Fire Protection Association Standards State and Federal Safety and Health Laws Americans with Disabilities Act/Accessibility Standards B. Discrepancies: If discrepancies occur between Contract Documents, local codes, local utility requirements, etc., most stringent requirements shall apply. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01410-1 SECTION 01421 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawing or Schedule Abbreviations: Drawings or schedules. 1.02 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE EXPLANATION A. These Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include Incomplete sentences. 1. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the contractor shall', "in conformity therewith", "shall be", "as noted on the Drawings", "a",'the", are Intentional. 2. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference. 3. Supply words "shall be" or "shall' by inference when colon is used within sentences or phrases. 4. Supply words "on the Drawings" by Inference when "as indicated" is used with sentences or phrases. 5. "Provide" shall mean furnish and install. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Reference In Contract Documents to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities and other institutions include following organizations which are sometimes referred to only by corresponding abbreviations or acronyms: AA Aluminum Association AAMA American Architectural Manufacturer's Association ACI American Concrete Institute ADA Americans with Disabilities Act ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines AF&PA American Forest and Paper Association AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASTM ASTM International AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society BIA Brick Industry Association CDA Copper Development Association, Inc. CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturer's Association CRA California Redwood Association VF 2002-09 01421-1 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) DFPA Douglas Fir Plywood Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FM Factory Mutual Engineering Division FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association ICBO International Conference of Building Officials MIA Marble Institute of America _ MIL Military Specification MLMA Metal Lath Manufacturer's Association NAAMM The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code (of NFPA) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association — NFPA National Fire Protection Association NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association NPVLMA National Paint, Varnish and Lacquer Manufacturer's Association -- NTMA The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association - OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PS Product Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) SDI Steel Deck Institute SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SPA Southern Pine Association SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation (U.S. Department of Commerce) SSPC Society for Protective Coatings SWI Steel Window Institute TCA Tile Council of America - TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WCLA West Coast Lumberman's Association WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute WRCLA Western Red Cedar Lumberman Association WCUB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WWPA Western Wood Products Association END OF SECTION -- VF 2002-09 01421-2 SECTION 01423 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: For products or workmanship specified by association, trade or federal standards, comply with requirements of standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. 1. No provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Engineer or any of Engineer's consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct furnishing or performance of work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Effective Date: Date of standard is that in effect as of documents date except when specific date is specified or when standard Is part of applicable code which Includes edition date. C. Copies: When required by individual sections, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at job site during work. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01423-1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Cost of Testing: General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 TESTING - GENERAL A. Contractor: Provide equipment and facilities as required, subject to Engineer's review, for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. 1. Do not use materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and materials or equipment found to be acceptable. 2. Do not incorporate any product into work which becomes unfit for use after acceptance thereof. B. Testing: Materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of placing of orders to permit testing. Products maybe sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at site of work. C. Tests: Made by accredited testing laboratory selected by Owner. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of materials and laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with latest standards and tentative methods of ASTM. 1. Specific information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is Included under applicable sections of Specifications. 2. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures included for specific materials under their respective sections in Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.03 TESTS PAID FOR BY OWNER A. Control Tests of Fill and Backfill: At such times and in such numbers as specified In Section 02300 Earthwork. B. Control Test of Asphalt Paving Base and Finish Courses: At such times and in such numbers as specified in Section 02730 Aggregate Surfacing and Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. C, Control Tests of Concrete Work: At such times and in such numbers as specified in Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.04 OTHER TESTING A. Following Testing: Performed at expense of Contractor: 1. Other Tests: Any other tests required by Contract Documents not listed In article above. VF 2002-09 01450-1 2. Any additional tests required because of any tests that fail subject to following conditions: a. Quantity and Nature of Tests: Determined by Engineer. b. Tests: Taken in presence of Engineer. c. Proof of Noncompliance: Contractor liable for corrective action which Engineer feels Is required including complete removal and replacement of defective material. 3. Material Substitution: Any tests of material or equipment offered as substitute for specified Item on which test may be required in order to prove Its compliance with Specifications. B. Contractor: May have tests performed on material and equipment for his own information and job control so long as Owner does not assume responsibility for costs or for giving them consideration when appraising quality of materials. 1.05 TEST REPORTS A. Reports of tests made by testing laboratories shall be distributed by testing laboratory as follows: 1 Copy - Contractor 1 Copy - Applicable Supplier or Subcontractor 1 Copy - Owner 1 Copy - Applicable Engineer 1 Copy - Engineer -- Other Copies - As Directed 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Quality Control: Establish system to perform sufficient Inspection and tests of all items of — work, including that of subcontractors, to ensure conformance to Contract Documents for materials, workmanship, construction, finish, functional performance and —' Identification. 1. Control System: Establish for all construction except where Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories and engineers employed by Owner. 2. Control System: Specifically Include all testing required by various sections of Specifications. B. Quality Control System: Means by which Contractor assures himself that construction complies with requirements of Contract Documents. _ 1. Controls: Adequate to cover all construction operations and keyed to proposed construction schedule. C. Records: Maintain correct records on appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed, Instructions received from Engineer and actions taken as result of those instructions. 1. Records: Include evidence that required Inspections or tests have been performed (Including type and number of Inspections or tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. 2. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of Specifications. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01450-3 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Service and Distribution: 1. Contractor may connect to existing electrical power system for source of temporary electricity. Coordinate location and means of connection with Owner. 2. Provide temporary wiring, outlets, lights, etc. as required for construction power and lighting during construction period. 3. Properly ground service and distribution system in accordance with NEC. Provide ground fault interrupters as required by code. 4. Remove temporary electrical service and wiring upon completion of work. B. Temporary Power Distribution: 1, Provide minimum of one double duplex 120V outlet for every 100 lineal feet of temporary loop. 2. Each Contractor: Furnish extension cords necessary to convey electricity from temporary loop outlets to locations of work. 3. Special Power Required for Welders or Other Special Equipment: Provided by contractor requiring such power. 4. Distribution equipment and wiring devices for temporary power and lighting need not be new, however, installation shall conform to safe general practice as required by OSHA. C. Temporary Lighting: 1. Each Contractor: Provide portable lights as required for task lighting. D. Consumption: Owner will provide electricity consumed from existing system for use during construction at no cost to Contractor. 1.02 TEMPORARY HEAT AND ENCLOSURES A. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat necessary for execution of work. Install, maintain and operate temporary heating apparatus in manner to facilitate work, so work can continue and so finished work will not be damaged. B. Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures necessary for holding temporary heat for concrete work, and for thawing frozen ground. 1.03 TEMPORARY WATER A. Existing System: Contractor may connect to existing water distribution system for source of temporary water. 1. Coordinate location and means of connection with Owner. 2. Provide temporary connection, plumbing, piping, etc. necessary to convey same to places needed. VF 2002-09 01500-1 3. Owner will provide water consumed from existing system for use during construction at no cost to Contractor. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Toilet Facilities: Provide and maintain, in neat and sanitary condition, adequate chemical toilet facilities for use of employees engaged on work, in compliance with requirements of applicable codes, regulations, laws and ordinances. 1. Toilets in existing buildings shall not be used. 1.05 FIELD OFFICE AND OTHER TEMPORARY STRUCTURES A. Field Office: Provide and maintain suitable temporary fleld office. 1. Telephone Service: Install telephone Infield office. Pay for Installation, maintenance, removal and other charges for use of telephone. 2. Make office and telephone available for use by Owner and Engineer. B. Temporary Structures: Provide temporary structures and storage areas as required. 1. Remove offices and other temporary structures from site upon completion of work. -- 1.06 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain protective devices and facilities for protection of public and general protection of workmen on Project. 1. Provide warning signs against hazards created by such Items as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, window openings, stairways and falling materials. " a. Danger lights: Keep lighted each night from sundown to sunrise. _.. 2. Provide and maintain fire extinguishers and active fire hydrants where required. Maintain fire lanes to hydrants and other equipment as necessary for proper fire protection during construction. 3. Provide temporary walks, roadways, trench covers, barricades, bulkheads, rallings, danger lights and signals, etc. required for work by applicable safety laws and _ building codes. 4. Maintain temporary protective facilities In good condition throughout term of work. Remove at completion of work. Repair and replace work damaged by temporary _ protective facilities. B. Each Subcontractor 1. If in performance of his subcontract, it becomes necessary, convenient or advisable to remove, replace or Interfere with any safety devices or controls Installed by Contractor or another subcontractor; subcontractor shall replace or restore such devices at his expense. 2. In event such safety devices or controls are not so replaced or restored, subcontractor shall reimburse Contractor for doing so for subcontractor's account, or by deduct change order to his subcontract. 1.07 SCAFFOLDING AND RUNWAYS A. Scaffolding: Provide as necessary for work. VF 2002-09 01500-2 B. Runways, Guard Rails, Platforms and Similar Temporary Construction: Provide and maintain for safe performance of contract. 1. Provide facilities of type and arrangement as required for their specific use, substantially constructed, strongly supported, and well secured. 2. Comply with applicable safety laws and codes. 1.08 PROTECTION FOR WORK IN PLACE A. Work in Place: When subject to injury because of operations being carried on adjacent, cover, board up, or substantially enclose with adequate protection. 1. Construct forms of protection in manner that, upon completion, entire work will be delivered to Owner in undamaged condition. 1.09 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Construction Fence: Provide as required for security and the safety of the public. 1. Fence: &-On high chain link fencing with steel posts 8'-0" o.c. 2. See Section 01100 regarding restrictions on use of site. B. Gates: Provide where Indicated and required. Keep gates closed after working hours. C. At completion of exterior work (except site development work), remove fences from the site. Patch asphalt damaged by fence posts after removal. 1.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. Sign: Furnish and install painted project identification sign consisting of 4' x 8' x 3/4" plywood with exterior glue on 2x and 4x supporting structure. 1. Exact Design, Text and Colors: Provided by Engineer, including name of building and Owner, any emblem selected by Owner, Engineer's name, names of Engineer's principal consultants, Contractor's name, and names of firms executing principal parts of the work. 2. Place in location directed by Engineer and maintain for duration of Project. 1.11 ACCESS A. Limit access to necessary routes to perform the work. 1. Coordinate access with Owner.. 2. See Section 01010 for limitations on access to site. 1.12 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. General: Comply with local codes, ordinances and regulations. B. Noise: Minimize noise near residential areas. Properly muffle equipment. Do not operate noisy equipment after hours. C. Dust: Control when construction procedures result in dust which becomes nuisance to Owner, private property or traffic. VF 2002-09 01500-3 _1 T May 20, 2002 _ nl: City of Fort Collins — Operations Services Department Project Management, Planning & Design 117 North Mason Street P.O. Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 Attn: Mr. Jack Gianola Project Manager 1rerracon 301 N. Howes • P.O. Box 503 Fort Collins, Colorado 80521-0503 (970)484-0359 Fax:(970)464-0454 Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project City of Fort Collins Facilities Wood Street and Elm Street Fort Collins, Colorado Terracon Project No. 20025065 Terracon has completed the geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed wood street reinforced concrete box culvert Stormwater improvement project located on the City of Fort Collins Utilities facility at 700 Wood Street near the intersection of Wood Street and Elm Street in Fort Collins, Colorado. This study was performed in general accordance with our Proposal l No. D2002131 dated April 1, 2002. �+ Terracon has performed various geotechnical engineering exploration for the City of Fort Collins on the Light and Power premises, with two of the most recent being conducted in August of 1 1993 and in April of 1995. These reports present data and information with regards to an '+ underdrain evaluation and additional pavement recommendations for a new parking area. For further information and findings thereof, please refer to our "Geotechnical Engineering Reports" dated September 14, 1993, Project No. 20935201 and April 28, 1995 Project No. 20955066. The results of our recent engineering study, including the boring location diagram, laboratory test results, test boring records, and the geotechnical recommendations needed to aid in the design and construction of a proposed 4-foot by 12-foot reinforced concrete box culvert, j additional pavement areas, a transformer concrete pad, and other earth connected phases of this project are attached. The subsoils at the site for the most recently drilled test borings consisted of existing asphalt pavement underlain by aggregate base course, silty sand with gravel fill material, or native silty clayey sand in Test Boring Nos. 4 and 5. The existing asphalt pavement thickness varied from 1 to 2-inches in depth underlain by aggregate base course that varied from 1 to 1-1/2 inches. The upper layer of subsoils encountered in the general vicinity of Test Boring Nos. 1 and 2 consisted of approximately 6-inches of silty topsoil. Sandy lean clay fill material was observed at the surface of Test Boring No. 3. The underlying soils consisted of sandy lean clay, poorly Arizona ■ Arkansas ■ California ■ Colorado ■ Georgia IN Idaho ■ Illinois ■ Iowa ■ Kansas ■ Kentucky ■ Minnesota Missouri Montana ■ Nebtaska■ Nevada ■ New Mexico ■ Oklahoma ■ Tennessee ■ Texas ■ Utah ■ Wisconsin N Wyoming v Consulting Engineers &Scientists Since 1965 D. Water: Control flow of water at site to prevent damage to Owner's private and public facilities. E. Debris: Continually police work to prevent collection and scattering of debris uncovered, loosened, or caused by prosecution of work. F. Pollution: Take precautions to prevent spilling and littering of water polluting substances. Do not dump any foreign materials into sewer and storm sewer collection systems. 1. Burning of debris or any other air polluting methods or equipment not allowed. G. Erosion: Provide facilities necessary to prevent erosive damage to Owner's property and to adjacent properties. 1.14 CLEAN UP A. General: Maintain Project and site in clean and orderly condition. Regularly remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site. B. Each Subcontractor: Cleanup work on daily basis. Failure to clean up will result in cleanup by others with such costs being backcharged to Subcontractor by deduct change order to his subcontract. C. Final Cleaning: See Section 01741. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 015004 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions. 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products: Include material, equipment and systems. 1. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. 2. Components Supplied in Quantity within a Specification Section: Same and interchangeable. 3. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure, except as specifically required, or allowed, by Contract Documents. B. Regulatory Requirements: Material suppliers are responsible to verify that each material and product proposed for use in this Project, whether named in the Specifications or by a request for substitution, is approved by the City of Fort Collins Building Permits and Inspections Division. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transportation: Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. B. Handling: Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Inspection: Inspect shipments to assure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Each Subcontractor: Be responsible for hoisting and stocking of his materials and equipment on site. 1. Material Stocking: Coordinated with Contractor's superintendent. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Storage: Store products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weathertight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in well drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. B. Exterior Storage Protection: 1. Fabricated Products: Place on sloped supports above ground. VF 2002-09 01600-1 2. Cover products subject to deterioration with Impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Inspection: Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under recommended conditions. 1.05 INSTALLATION A. Pre -Installation Conferences: Hold pre -Installation meeting at site before installation of each unit of work which requires coordination with other units of work. Installer and manufacturer's representatives of particular work and affected work shall attend. 1. Notify Engineer of meeting time. 2. Discuss coordination of work with other work Including shop drawings, product data, ' possible conflicts, compatibility concerns, acceptability of substrates, protection, etc. 3. Record significant discussions at each meeting, agreements, disagreements and final plan of action. Distribute record to those In attendance and to Engineer. 4. Do not proceed with unit of work until pre-insfallatlon meeting is successfully concluded with agreed upon plan of action. B. Inspection of Substrates: Require Installer of each major unit of work to Inspect substrate to receive work and conditions under which work is to be performed. ^ 1. Installer: Report unsatisfactory conditions to General Contractor in writing with copy to Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to satisfaction of installer. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations Include manufactured products, comply with manufacturer's applicable Instructions and recommendations for Installation, to extent that these Instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more stringent than requirements specified or indicated. 1. Notify Engineer of any conflicts between manufacturer's Instructions or recommendations and requirements specified or Indicated. D. Attachment: Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work. 1. Secure work true to line and level, and within specified tolerances, or if not specified, Industry recognized tolerances. 2. Allow for expansion. 3. Exposed Joints: a. Provide uniform joint width, b. Arrange Joints to obtain best visual effect. c. Refer questionable visual -effect choices to Engineer for final decision. E. Measurements and Dimensions: Recheck as Integral step of starting each Installation. F. Climatic Conditions and Project Status: Install each unit of work under conditions to ensure best possible results in coordination with entire project. 1. Isolate each unit of work from Incompatible work as necessary to prevent deterioration. VF 2002-09 01600-2 2. Coordinate enclosure of work with required inspections and tests to minimize necessity of uncovering work for those purposes. G. Mounting Heights: Where not indicated, mount individual units of work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for particular application Indicated. 1, Refer questionable mounting heights choices to Engineer for final decision. 1.06 PRODUCTS LIST A. Submittal: Within 30 days after Notice of Award, transmit three copies of list of major products which are proposed for installation, Including name of manufacturer. 1. Tabulate products by Specifications section number, title, and article number. 2. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. B. Engineer: Will promptly reply in writing whether there is reasonable objection to listed items. Failure to object to listed Item shall not constitute waiver of requirements of Contract Documents. 1.07 PRODUCTS OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Substitution Paragraph: Products of named manufacturers meeting Specifications. Submit request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. 1. Products of acceptable manufacturers are subject to requirements of Specifications for specified product. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of named manufacturers meeting Specifications; no options, no substitutions. 1. Products of acceptable manufacturers are subject to requirements of Specifications for specified product. D. Products Specified by Naming Only One Manufacturer: No option, no substitution allowed. 1.08 LIMITATION ON SUBSTITUTIONS A. During Bidding Period: Requests for substitutions will not be considered until after the effective date of the Agreement. See instructions to Bidders. B. After Bidding Period: Submit requests to Engineer allowing adequate time for review after effective date of the Agreement and in compliance with requirements of this section. C. Substitutions: 1. WIII not be considered when Indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request, when requested directly by subcontractor or VF 2002-09 01600-3 supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. Do not order or Install substitute products without written acceptance. 3. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. When substitution is not accepted provide specified product. 4. Engineer will determine acceptability of substitutions. - 1.09 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. Submittal: Submit two copies of each request. Submit separate request for each substitution. 1. Identify products by Specifications section and article numbers. 2. Provide manufacturer's name and address, trade name of products, and model or - catalog number. 3. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. B. Documentation: Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents: 1. Attach Product Data as specified in Section 01330. 2. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variation, and reference to specification section and article numbers. 3. Give quality and performance comparison between proposed substitution and specified product. 4. Ust availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. 5. State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other work or products, 1.10 CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATION A. Request for Substitution: Representation that Contractor has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to specified " product: 1. Contractor will provide some warranty for substitution as for specified product. 2. Contractor will coordinate Installation of accepted substitute, making such changes - as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 3. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to substitution which may later become apparent. _.. B. Replacement: If substituted products do not meet or exceed above requirements, whether before, during, or after incorporated into work, Contractor shall, at no additional cost to Owner, replace substituted products with products originally specified. 1.11 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Engineer: WIII review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. 1. If accepted by Engineer, products proposed for substitution will be accepted subject to modifications by manufacturer, if necessary, to meet detailed requirements of Drawings and Specifications. VF 2002-09 01600-4 2. Engineer will not make exhaustive attempt to determine that products proposed for substitution are equal to, or can be modified in order to be equal to specified products. B. Engineer's Acceptance: Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution. C. For Accepted Products: Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with Section 01330. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01600-5 SECTION 01722 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMERY A. Section Includes: Field engineering services required for proper execution and completion of work under this Contract. B. Related Sections: 1. Record Documents: Section 01780 Closeout Submittals. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control Submittals 1. Surveyor: Submit name and address of surveyor or professional engineer to be employed by Contractor to Engineer for acceptance before beginning work at site. 2. Documentation and Records: Surveyor shall maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. On request of Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. 3. Completion Certificate: Upon completion of work, submit certificate to Engineer signed by surveyor or engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance with Contract Documents. Note any Items of non-conformance. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Employ land surveyor or professional engineer registered in State of Colorado and acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Surveyor: Responsible for location of major site elements; establishment of horizontal and vertical controls; installation of control stakes as required; and final certification that finish grading has been completed within tolerances specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Reference Points: Civil Engineer will identify existing control points and property line stakes indicated on Drawings and site survey. Immediately upon entering project, locate and maintain bench marks and all other grades, lines, levels and dimensions. Report any errors or inconsistencies to Engineer and Civil Engineer before commencing work. VF 2002-09 01722-1 B. Permanent Bench Marks: Surveyor shall establish minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to data established by survey control points, C. Preservation of Monuments and Stakes: Carefully preserve monuments, bench marks, property markers, reference points, and stakes. 1. In case of his destruction of these, the Contractor shall be charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for an mistake of loss of time that may be caused. 2. Protect permanent monuments or bench marks which must be removed or disturbed until properly referenced for relocation. 3. Furnish materials and assistance for proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. D. Layout and Control by Surveyor 1. Site: Establish lines, levels and locations by instrumentation. Set control stakes for finish grading. Reset stakes as required during progress of work. E. Completion: Upon completion of work, surveyor shall survey site to verify that locations and elevations required by Contract Documents have been achieved within specified tolerances. F. Each Subcontractor: Provide complete engineering layout for work to be performed under his subcontract, including grades, elevations, and all other engineering required to perform his scope of work. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01722-2 SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: All cutting, fitting and patching including related excavation and backfill, required to complete work and to: 1. Make Its parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents, 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. B. Related Requirements: 1. Selective Site Demolition: Section 02223. 2. Excavation and Backfill: Section 02300 Earthwork, 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notification of Engineer: Notify Engineer well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Work of Owner or any separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of Project or existing structures on Project site. 3. Integrity of effectiveness of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with Specifications and standards for each specific product involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: Examine existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering work, examine conditions affecting installation of products or performance of work. VF 2002-09 01732-1 B. Notification: Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Engineer. Do not Proceed with work until Engineer has provided further instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value and integrity of affected portion of work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage. 1. Provide protection from elements for that portion of Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work. 2. Maintain excavations free from water. -_ 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Provide openings in construction which are required for later work. 1. Various Contractors: Be responsible to supply in advance, proper and sufficiently — detailed information for openings. 2. In event of failure to supply this advance information, required cutting shall be done only after concurrence of Engineer and at expense of negligent party. — B. Cutting: 1. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other _ work. and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation or repairs. 2. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or _ damage to other work. Comply with Section 02300. 3. Employ the original installer or fabricator to perform cuffing and patching for: a. Weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements. _ b. Sight -exposed finished surfaces. 4. Cut asphalt, concrete or masonry using masonry saw or core drill as applicable. Pneumatic tools will not be allowed unless accepted by Engineer. C. Fitting: Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces. D. Finishing: Where surfaces are exposed, finish with same materials specified in finish schedule or material that is on constructed surfaces. l . Work: Accomplish with mechanics skilled in finish trade. 2. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest Intersection. b. For assembly, refinish entire unit. — END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01732-2 6. SHEET CS302: a) Change 36" Trench Drain to 36" Slotted CSP. 7. SHEET CS303: a) Change Trench Drain to 36" Contech Slotted CSP, Aluminized Steel Type 2, AASHTO M274, AASHTO M36, ASTM A 760 W/ Hugger Joints (Or Equivalent). b) Add Note #1, Grates shall be manufactured from ASTM A 570, Grade 36 or ASTM A36 Steel. Spacers and side plates shall be 3/16-inch material +/- 0.008 inches. Plate extenders are minimum 7 gage and made from ASTM A 761, or as approved by the Engineer. Space plates shall be on 6-inch centers and welded on both sides to bearing plates with four 1 '/4-inch long 3/16-inch fillet welds each side. a.) Add Note #2, Top of grate shall be recessed approximately'/4- inch below finished grade, and concrete corner along edge of grate should be beveled or rounded. d) Encase 36" CSP to top of pipe with high slump concrete. e) Change 36" Trench Drain to 36" Slotted CSP (Northern Storm drainage connection plan) and 36" Trench Drain Profile. 8. SHEET CS500: a.) Add Typical pavement section for Elm Street (Note City Engineering Dept. may elect to modify typical section upon grading and excavation activities.) 9. SHEET CS501: a.) Remove 3' concrete pan. 10. SHEET CS606: a.) Add details for 36" Slotted CSP. 11. SHEET CS607: a.) Add Sheet CS607 Oil/Water Separator Details. 12. SHEET Ll: a) Add planting along east side of parking lot. Add the following shrubs: T -J —� Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project T Fort Collins, Colorado J Project No. 20025065 graded gravel with silt and sand, and poorly graded sand with silt and gravel, which extended to the bedrock stratum below. The sandstone/claystone/siltstone bedrock was encountered in each boring at approximate depths of 6 to 10-feet below existing site grades and extended to the depths explored. Groundwater was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5 at approximate depths of 3 to 10 feet below existing site grades during initial drilling operations. The test borings were backfilled upon completion of our drilling operations; therefore stabilized water measurements were not obtained. I I I I I I 11 I I The clay subsurface soils exhibit low to moderate bearing characteristics and low to moderate swell potential. The sandy soils exhibit low to moderate bearing characteristics and non -to -low swell potential. The sandstone/claystone/siltstone bedrock exhibits moderate bearing characteristics and moderate swell potential. Further details are provided in this report. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this phase of your project. If you have any questions concerning this report, or if we may be of further service to you, please feel free to contact us at your convenience. Sincerely, TERRACON Gary L. Wilson, E.I.T. Dave A. Geotechnical Engineer Geotechi Copies to: (3) Addressee (2) Mr. Stan Dunn - Sear Brown (3) Louise Herbert - VF Ripley Architects Manager SECTION 01741 FINAL CLEANING 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Clean-up During Construction: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Exterior: In addition to items specified below, carefully and thoroughly clean all surfaces on exterior: concrete, metal, etc. B. Electrical: Clean and polish electric fixtures, including glassware, switchplates, etc. and leave clean and free from paint, grease, dirt, etc. C. Equipment: Carefully and thoroughly clean items of equipment, mechanical, electrical, cabinets, ductwork, etc. 1.03 COMPLETION A. Entire Work Inside and Out: First-class clean condition upon completion before being accepted by Owner. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01741-1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.01 FINAL SITE REVIEW A. Procedures: Following project closeout procedure defines responsibilities of Contractor, Owner and Engineer in closing project: Step 1 Contractor advises Engineer in writing that he has reached "Substantial Completion" and provides list of items to be completed or corrected. Closeout may be conducted by areas or portions of work if requested by Owner. Step 2 Engineer inspects work to determine if it is substantially complete, and issues Certificate of Substantial Completion plus "Punch List" of Items to be completed or corrected. Step 3 Contractor completes and/or corrects all punch list items and notifies Engineer in writing that his work is ready for final inspection. At this time, final application for payment is submitted. Step 4 Engineer makes final inspection. When work is found to be acceptable under Contract Documents, and contract fully performed, Engineer will issue final Certificate for Payment. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01770-1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Project Site Record Documents: Maintain at project site one record copy of following: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Accepted Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 5. Change Orders 6. Other Modifications to Contract 7. Field Test Records B. Record Documents: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Maintain documents in clean, dry legible condition, apart from documents used for construction. C. Record Information: Label each document "Record Document'. 1. Mark Information with contrasting color using ink. 2. Keep each record current. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Drawings: Record following information on drawings: 1. Depth of foundation elements. 2. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes by change order or field order. 6. Details not on original contract Drawings. Specifications: Record following information on specifications: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of products and items of equipment actually Installed. 2. Changes by change order or field order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. Shop Drawings: Maintain shop drawings as record documents recording changes made after review as specified for drawings above. G. Submittal: At completion of project, deliver record documents to Engineer with transmittal letter containing date, project title and number, Contractor's name and address, title and number of each record document, and certification that each document is complete and accurate. Submittal shall be signed by Contractor. VF 2002-09 01780-1 1.02 FINAL PAPERWORK A. Final Paperwork: Prior to release of final payment, Contractor shall deliver following items to Engineer: 1. Inspection Certificates, as applicable. 2. Contractor's Warranty of Materials and Workmanship. 3. Maintenance Manuals and Parts Usts, as specified. 4. All Guaranties, Warranties and Submittals, as specified. 5. Receipts for Extra Materials Delivered to the Owner. 6. Miscellaneous Keys, Switches, Etc. 7. Final Application for Payment. - 8. Consent of Surety Of any) to Final Payment. 9. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Form G-706A). 10. Project Record Documents The above items are described in following articles or applicable sections of the Specifications. 1.03 INSPECTION CERTIFICATES Each subcontractor shall, upon completion of the work, secure In triplicate, certificates from any state or local governing bodies having jurisdiction in dictating that the work is In strict accordance with the applicable codes and deliver same to the Contractor for transmittal to the Owner. 1.04 WARRANTIES A. One Year Correction Period: Remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear in work within a period of one year from the date of Notice of Substantial Completion and in accordance with the terms of any special warranties provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. B. Warranty: Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer, in duplicate, a written warranty based on the provisions of the Contract Documents properly signed and notarized. 1. Warranty shall be addressed to the Owner. 2. Provide separate written warranties from mechanical and electrical subcontractors. C. Subcontractor Warranties: Include labor and materials signed by manufacturer or subcontractor as case may be and countersigned by subcontractor. 1. Address warranty to Owner. 2. Deliver to Engineer upon completion of project and before or with submission of request for final payment. D. Extended Warranties: Deliver in duplicate extended warranties as specified and dated from the date of Notice of Substantial Completion and signed by subcontractors and manufacturers. VF 2002-09 01780-2 E. Manufacturer Warranties: Deliver in duplicate manufacturer's warranties as specified and dated from date of Notice of Substantial Completion signed by manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer's Warranties: Supplement and not replace implied and express warranties provided for by Uniform Commercial Code. Any statements In manufacturer's warranties denying or limiting responsibility for such implied and express warranties shall be void. 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS KEYS, SWITCHES AND WRENCHES A. Submittal: At completion of project, account for all loose keys for hose bibs, adjustment keys and wrenches for door closers and panic hardware, keys for electric switches, electrical panels, etc. and turn over to Contractor for transmittal to Owner. 1.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Equipment Manuals: Upon completion of work, submit three typed and bound copies of operating and maintenance manual or manuals, 8�/2" x 11" in size, to Engineer for his acceptance. 1. Manual: Have index with tab dividers for each major equipment section to facilitate locating information on specific piece of equipment. 2. Identify data within each section with identification numbers as they appear on Drawings and by specification section and article number. B. Data: Include as minimum following data: 1. Alphabetical list of all system components, with name, address and 24 hour phone number of company responsible for servicing each Item during first year of operation. 2. Operating instructions for complete system including: a. Emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment. b. Major start, operation and shutdown procedure. 3. Maintenance instructions Including: a. Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment. b. Necessary cleaning, replacement and adjustment schedule. 4. Manufacturer's product data on each piece of equipment including: a. Installation Instructions. b. Drawings and Specifications. c. Parts lists. d. Complete wiring diagrams (as -built). e. Marked or changed prints locating all concealed parts and all variation from original system design. 5. Schematic diagram showing component parts of system. 6. Simplified system description and preventative maintenance program. C. Operating and Maintenance Data: See following sections for equipment requiring operating and maintenance data manuals: 1. i�lr4ntlnfj?.:Se�tl�'ili4ii�'4Q'<> 2. Automatic Gate Operators: Section 02828. 3. Electrical: Division 16. VF 2002-09 01780-3 See above sections for specific requirements of operating and maintenance data for each group of equipment END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01780-4 SECTION 01800 FACILITY OPERATION PART 1 - GENERAL IV RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals: Section 01780 Closeout Submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATIONS AND TRAINING A. Equipment Demonstrations: Upon completion of work, schedule time with Engineer, and Instruct Owner's representative(s) once, in presence of Engineer and Engineers, on proper operation and maintenance of equipment. 1. Participants: As minimum presenting participants shall include Contractor, appropriate subcontractor, equipment manufacturer's representatives, and appropriate sub -subcontractors. 2. Contractor's Representatives: Thorough knowledge of particular installation. 3. Manufacturer's Representative: Thorough understanding of particular equipment. B. Demonstrations: See following sections for equipment requiring demonstrations: 1. Automatic Gate Operators: Section 02825. 2. Electrical: Division 16. See above sections for specific requirements of demonstrations for each group of equipment. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 01800-1 SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers excavation and trenching, including drainage, preparation. of subgrades, pipe bedding, backfilling, compacting, and finish grading for underground pipelines and appurtenances. B. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the Work, regardless of the type, character, composition, or condition thereof. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soil Compaction Tests 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb Rammer and 12 inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide maximum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, gradation and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D4253 - Test methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils using a Vibratory Table. 3. ASTM D4254 - Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density. 4. Test results will be basis for Field Quality Control. B. "CDOH" refers to Colorado Department of Highways designations in their 'Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction." 1. When CDOH is referenced herein, Sections 100 through 109 and measurement and payment provisions shall not apply. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Test Certificates. Submit test certificates to enable Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications of each of the following materials from each proposed source or supplier: 1. Stabilization material. 2. Granular material. 3. Barrier material. 4. Imported materials. B. Provide with this certificate a Proctor curve of a typical sample. 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99. 2. ASTM D4253, D4254. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Right -of -Way. 02221-1 1. Haul and stockpile excess material or erect suitable bulkheads to prevent deposition of excavated material where right-of-way or easements are not adequate to stockpile all excavated material without depositing it on private property. B. Blasting. 1. Do not blast in vicinity of property susceptible to damage. 2. Exercise necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing facilities, neighboring property and Work. 3. Employee only competent, experienced personnel. _ 4. Obtain permits required by laws, ordinances and regulations. 5. Do not use explosives where water, gas, sewer or other pipelines or other utilities are in proximity and where blasting could damage such utilities. 6. Employ suitable methods to confine materials lifted by blasting within the limits of the — excavation or.trench. 7. Separate rock which cannot be handled or compacted as backfill. Do not mix with otherwise suitable material. — C. Drainage and Groundwater. 1. Maintain excavations and trench free from water during construction. 2. Remove water encountered in the trench to the extent necessary to provide a firm subgrade, to permit joints to be made in the dry, and to prevent the entrance of water into the pipeline. 3. Divert surface runoff and use sumps, gravel blankets, well points, drain lines or other -' means necessary to accomplish the above. 4. Maintain the excavation or trench free from water until the structure, or pipe to be installed therein, is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. 5. Uncontaminated groundwater shall be prevented from entering into previously constructed pipe. Groundwater contaminated by sanitary waste shall be discharged into the sanitary — sewer. 6. The pipe under construction shall not be used for dewatering. 7. If groundwater will be discharged into an irrigation ditch, pond, stream or other waterway, or will drain to an irrigation ditch, pond, stream or waterway, a Colorado Department of Health dewatering permit will be required. _ a. Permit applications are available from the Colorado Department of Health. Reference the General Conditions, Article 6.13. b. Permit applications may take up to 30 days to be reviewed by the Colorado Department of Health. C. Contractor is required to complete and process the Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR) that are typically a part of the dewatering permit. d. Upon finishing the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for completing a Colorado Department of Health Discharge Termination Notice. D. Sheeting and Shoring. 1. Use sheeting and shoring where banks are not cut back on a stable slope and as _ necessary to protect workmen, the Work and adjacent structures and facilities from caving or sliding or specifically required by this document. —• 2. Sheeting removal. a. Do not remove prior to backfilling. b. Use effective methods to protect construction, other structures, utilities and properties during sheeting removal. C. Fill voids left by sheeting removal with dry sand. E. Sequencing. — 02221-2 1. Perform pipeline installation within 50 linear feet of trench excavation. 2. Perform trench backfill within 50 linear feet of pipe installation. 3. Perform clean-up within 200 linear feet of trench excavation. 4. Where excavation is a hazard to automotive or pedestrian traffic, the amount of open trench and the time duration of that opening is to be minimized. 5. Maintain access to private residence and businesses. Underground Obstructions. 1. Underground obstructions known to Engineer are shown on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request utilities be field located by surface reference at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and .verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Engineer in case of conflict. b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by Engineer. 4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. Take such protective measures as the utility may direct where alterations or moving of utilities is required. 6. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, such as drainage culverts, catch basins or other structures the following shall apply: a. Drainage culverts may be salvaged, stored and reused if approval is obtained from the jurisdiction or persons having authority. b. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. C. Restore to original conditions or better. G. Weather. 1. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. 2. Do not place backfill, fill or embankment on frozen surfaces. 3. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankments. 4. Do not deposit, tamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage. 1. Provide adequate and orderly storage of excavated material adjacent to Work. 2. Pile suitable material for backfilling in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from banks or trench or excavation to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. 3. Do not stockpile excavated materials against existing structures, Work, or appurtenances. 1.6 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION A. Scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density completed or partially completed areas of work disturbed by subsequent construction operations or by adverse weather. B. Maintain and correct backfill, fill and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement structures, seeding and sodding which may be damaged as a result of settlement for period of two (2) years after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the Work. C. Contractor may perform such maintenance and correction by subcontract. 02221-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Letter of Transmittal Page No. /NTRy][}UCTI[)N._...~.._._,,,,,,,,,^__,,,,,,,~`,,,,,,_,_^,,,,,,^,,,, PROJECT DESCRIPTION � SITE E)(P[[)RAT[}N^^^`^~^`—^^`^—~^^~^� 0Field F��dExo --rvuwuw/|._.`^.,,,,,,.,_,,� � .J& Laboratory Testing^,^`^`^^—^^^^`^^^^`~`^^,.`.^2 U SITE CONDITIONS 2 � SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS U ...................... .-.—..^.`.—.~, Soil Conditions -� Field and Dd Res3ultS_^.� ^^^^`~~^`-3 ��rVUOdVv@ber[�VDditiODS...`.,...,,-~�4 U.---.-^^^`^`^~^^^~~^^`^~—^—.4 ENGINEERING REC[)MMEN[]/\7l[]NS.......� ��8OtechOic@l��oRSidena�ODS� U Foundation ^^^`—^~`^`^~^^`^^^`^~^^`_.`...4 ~�"°~..^,....._...—~.. Lateral Earth Pressures .-.—......~-~-~`^^—^^~^~^^^^�5 Retaining Wall and/or Abutment Wall [)�3i^^`^`^^^^�� Drainage K |�OX(�Ulm2;f�]l8b[]8sigDaOd��VOs�lci-- ^`^'^^^^^^^^`^`�7 -u PaVgUneDt[e��igDand (�8nSt[Uct�xl—`--�^^~^^`—^~`^—`^^^-~�7 Recommended Minimum Pavement Thickness ^—^`� 7 E@rthVvOrk`^.^—..—^,^.—,.`._,._^~ —inches^«g � ^~`^-^^^`^`—^^^—^-^~-^^^~~-^~12 General Considerations Site PrennrGtioD-,,_`~^^~`^~—^^~~—~~^^-^^-^`^`...12 SUbo��d8Preparation ,,, ^^`^~^`^`^^^^^-~—_..^12 � Fill Materials | ,,,_.�1� /\����xl�|[��S� and ~^^`~`^~^``^~—^^^~`^~—^~^. /Ho 4onSlnJ��0D{�0O���8r@UonS ^^^`� 13 Underground [V�dn�y�t8DM�,__~ ~~~---^^~`—^~^`^^`^`^^^1� U' ' ^^^~^.~^~--~^^-^^-^^~`—~—^.,..14 GENERAL COMMENTS ,,',,_,_,^,_,,,_,,_.� �—^^`~~^``^^~`^^—^`~~--~^^`...14 � � APPENDIX Site Plan and Boring Location Diagram Logs of Boring Nos. 1 - 5 ^ APPENDIX Laboratory Test Results ' APPENDIX General Notes — ' Pavement Notes D. Submit with application for final payment a copy of any subcontract or authorization as evidence of Contractor's faithful intention to perform necessary corrections during the two year correction period. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL ^ A. All material shall be free from frozen matter, stumps, roots, brush, other organic matter, cinders _ or other corrosive material, debris, broken asphalt and concrete, and any other material that is not suitable in the opinion of the Engineer. B. If job excavated material is not sufficient or suitable, suitable material shall be imported. All imported material shall have a liquid limit not greater than 30 and a plasticity index not greater than 6. 2.2 STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Top 6 inches of pipe subgrade - If the existing soil in the trench bottom is judged to be unsuitable by the Owner, the top 6-inches of the pipe subgrade shall be removed and replaced with a stabilization material. 1. Stabilization material is crusher -run rock, conforming to ASTM D448, size #357. SIZE PERCENT PASSING, 2 1/2" 100 2" 95-100 _ 1" 35-70 1 /2" 10-30 #4 0-5 B. Geotextile: CDOH, Section 712.08, Class A Table 712.2. C . Subgrade below top 6 inches - Same as top 6 inches except that broken concrete and rock may be included in sizes permitting compaction as specified without discernible voids. 2.3 BEDDING MATERIALS A. Definition: Materials placed from the subgrade to an elevation 12 inches above the top of pipe, Including service lines. B. Granular material. 1. Angular crushed rock, conforming to CDOH #67. SIZE PERCENT PASSING 1 " 100 -- 3/4" 90-100 3W 20-55 _ #4 0-10 #8 0-5 2. Or, well -graded angular crushed rock: 95% passing a one (1) inch sieve and not mcr-e than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. C. Select Soil. 1. Trench backfill material which is free from rocks, clods, and stones greater than 1 1/2 -- 02221-4 inch in any dimension, and which meets other requirements of trench backfill material. 2. Granular Bedding Material. D. Concrete. 1. Compressive strength: 3000 psi at 28 days minimum. 2. Meet requirements of Section 03300, Cast In Place Concrete. E. Barrier material. 1. Soil Classification. a. GC - clayey gravels, gravel -sand -clay mixtures. b. SC - clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures. C. CL - inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, clean clays. d. Material shall not be lumpy or hard but shall be finely divided, suitable, and free from stones. F. Bedding material for service lines less than four (4) inches in diameter shall be sands or silts and clays meeting the Unified Soil Classification types ML or CL. Material shall not be lumpy or hard but shall be finely divided, suitable, and free from stones greater than 1/2 inch in its largest dimension. 2.4 TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Trench backfill material shall be placed from a point 12-inches above the pipe to 6-inches below the ground surface, to bottom of topsoil layer, or to the bottom of the pavement subgrade, whichever is applicable. B. Trench backfill material shall be soil free from any rocks or stones which are larger than 6- inches, in any dimension. 1. Rocks or stones which are larger than 3-inches, in any dimension, shall not be placed within one foot of pavement subgrade, or within one foot of the finished surface of unpaved areas. 2. Material shall not be lumpy or hard but shall be finely divided, suitable. C. Flow Fill - (Non -shrinkable trench backfill) Non -shrinkable trench backfill shall meet the following requirements: Cement (0.45 sacks) 42 Type of Cement, ASTM C150, 1 or II Water (39 gallons) 325 Aggregate, ASTM C33, 3/4 inch 1700 Sand, ASTM C33 1845 Type A, Water Reducing Admixture, ASTM C 494 TOTAL WEIGHT PER CUBIC YARD 3912 Minimum Slump: 6 inches Minimum 28 day strength: 40 psi Maximum 28 day strength: 60 psi Non -shrinkable trench backfill shall be adequately vibrated to ensure consolidation. 02221-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Topsoiling. Remove a minimum of 6 inches of topsoil and stockpile topsoil away from areas to be disturbed by construction. Keep topsoil segregated from non -organic excavation materials and debris. 3.2 TRENCHING A. Excavate trenches by open out methods, except where boring or tunneling is indicated in the Contract Documents, required by jurisdictional agencies or desired by Contractor to avoid removal of obstructions. B. Do not use mechanical equipment in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, or other property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. C. Use mechanical equipment so designed and operated that the rough trench excavation bottom ^ elevation can be controlled with uniform trench widths and vertical sidewalls from an elevation one foot above the top of the installed pipe to the bottom of the trench, and trench alignment sufficiently accurate to permit pipe to be aligned properly between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Do not undercut the trench sidewall to obtain clearance. D. Excavation in rock. 1. Over excavate a minimum of six inches below the bottom of the pipe. 2. Backfill with Granular Material. E. Preparation of Trench Bottom. 1. Grade trench bottoms uniformly to provide clearance for each section of pipe. 2. Remove loose materials, water and foreign objects. 3. Provide firm subgrade suitable for application of bedding material. 4. Wherever unstable material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, over -excavate such material to a depth suitable for construction of a stable subgrade. Backfill overdepth with Stabilization Material and compact. A layer of geotextile fabric shall be placed between the stabilization material and the bedding material. Stockpiling Excavated Materials. 1. Pile suitable material for backfilling in an orderly manner a sufficient distance from banks of the trench to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. 2. Remove and dispose of excess excavated materials not suitable or not required for backfilling. — 3. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing structures or appurtenances. G. Limiting Trench Widths. 1. Trenches shall be excavated to a width necessary to provide an 8-Inch minimum working space between the pipe and the trench walls for proper pipe installation, joining, and bedding. 2. The maximum trench width at an elevation 12 inches above the top of the installed — pipe, shall be 2 barrel diameters of the pipe or 32 inches whichever is greater. a. If the width of the trench, 12 inches above the top of the installed pipe, exceeds the maximum allowable trench width, a higher strength pipe or special pipe —. bedding shall be provided, as required by soil loading conditions and as determined by the Engineer. 02221.6 3.3 PIPE BEDDING A. Bedding classes: Place pipe bedding in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. Provide higher class bedding where unexpected trench conditions are encountered. B. Placement and Compaction. 1. Distribute and grade bedding material to provide uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between bells and pipe joints. 2. Deposit bedding material and compact uniformly and simultaneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. 3. Compact granular bedding material by vibrating, slicing with a shovel, or bent tee -bar. C. Groundwater Barriers. 1. To impede passage of water through bedding material, construct a groundwater barrier the full trench width, approximately 4 feet long, and from the bottom of all Granular Material to top of Granular Material. 2. Space: a. Approximately 10 feet downstream of each manhole for sanitary sewers and storm drains. b. Every 400 feet on water lines and forcemain. C. Place a groundwater barrier 20 feet downstream of the edge of all drainage ways, streams and water courses. D. Overdepth Excavation. 1. Restore overexcavated subgrades to proper elevation with Stabilization Material or Granular Material. 3.4 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION A. Backfill trench promptly after completion of pipe bedding. B. Deposit backfill material in uniform layers not exceeding eight inches in uncompacted thickness. Increased layer thickness may be acceptable provided it is demonstrated that the specified compacted density will be obtained. C. Use methods and equipment appropriate for the backfill material. Do not use equipment or methods that will transmit damaging shocks to the pipe. 1. Do not perform compaction by jetting or water settling. D. Import material for trench backfill if compaction can not be obtained with job excavated material, when specifically required by these Contract Documents, or required by jurisdictional authorities. E. Rock and bedrock encountered in the excavation shall be separated from other excavated material and disposed of by Contractor. Topsoiling - Replace topsoil after construction and grading to the depth of stripping over all areas disturbed by construction operations and which will not receive other surface treatment. Grade to original contours. G. Obtaining a site for disposal of excavated rock and bedrock material, excess excavated materials, and material not suitable for backfilling is the responsibility of Contractor. If excavated materials are disposed on private property, written permission shall be obtained from the property owner and a copy given to Engineer. 02221-7 3.5 SHEETING AND SHORING A. If Steel sheet piling is required, piling shall be driven to form a tight bulkhead. A driving head -- shall be used and any piling which is damaged in driving shall be pulled and replaced. B. If splicing is required; splicing will be limited to 3 per pile sheet and jointed with a full penetration butt weld. C. Sheeting Removal. 1. Do not remove sheeting prior to backfilling. 2. Use effective methods to protect the construction, other structures, utilities and properties during sheeting removal. — 3. Fill voids left by sheeting removal with dry sand. 4. Sheeting which is left in place shall be cut off at an elevation 2 feet below the finish grade of unpaved areas, or the subgrade of paved areas. D. Trench boxes may be used as an alternate to steel sheet shoring. E. If shoring is removed or trench boxes are used, provide secondary trench boxes to protect all parties entering trenches at all locations other than where shoring or primary trench box(s) are — located. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY A. Field Compaction Control. 1. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density In accordance with: a. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238) - Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or b. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191) - Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand .. Cone Method, or C. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205) - Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber- ^" Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the following minimum densities, reference ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Subgrade under pipe, footings or foundations: 100% 2. Barrier material: 95% 3. Pipe bedding. a. Carefully compacted select soil: 90%. b. Compacted granular material: 80% (ASTM D4253, D4254) C. Barrier material: 95% _ 4. Trench backfill. a. State and County highways and roads. 1) 100% for paved areas and shoulder slopes. _ 2) 95% for all other areas. b. Paved roadways and other areas to receive pavements. 1) Top 4 feet: 95%. 2) Remainder of trench: 90%. C. Gravel Roadways: 95% d. Under footings, foundations or structures: 95'/6. e. Seeded areas: 88"/0. f. All other locations: 95%. g. Do not compact topsoil. -- 02221-8 5. Where granular materials are used in lieu of cohesive soils reduce the above percentages by 15% to arrive at the relative density and ASTM D4253 and D4254 shall apply. C. Moisture Content. 1. All compacted backfill shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. 2. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed, disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to insure a uniform moisture content, as specified. 3.7 COMPACTION TEST FAILURE A. If the required state of compaction is not obtained, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to recompact the material to the required state of compaction. In cases where there is a failure to achieve the required state of compaction, the Engineer may require that the backfill be removed and recompacted or replaced. B. A hydrostatic retest shall be required on water lines after recompaction if the hydrostatic testing had been performed prior to recompaction. 1. Testing shall be performed between valves on both sides of area of recompaction. C. A retest of wastewater lines testing shall be required after recompaction H the testing has been performed prior to recompaction. 1. Testing shall be performed between manholes on both sides of area of recompaction. END OF SECTION 02221-9 SECTION 02223 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Remove and dispose of site elements such as paving, curb and gutter, and sidewalks designated for removal. 2. Dispose of debris off site. 3. Clean up and leave site prepared for further construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Barricades, Warning Lights and Signs: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2. Use of Premises: Section 01100 Summary. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Permits: Obtain all required right of way permits from City of Fort Collins. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Execute demolition in manner to limit unnecessary dust and noise. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Required PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SITE DEMOLITION A. Site Improvements: Remove existing curb and gutter, sidewalks, paving and other site improvements as indicated. Where new concrete adjoins existing concrete cut existing concrete to straight line using masonry saw. 3.02 CLEAN-UP During demolition operations, keep premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or work, and at completion of work remove rubbish, tools and surplus material and leave premises clean and ready for subsequent work. Promptly remove waste, rubbish or debris from site. END OF SECTION 02223-1 SECTION 02232 SELECTIVE CLEARING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Clearing and grubbing. 2. Removal of existing trees and shrubs as indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Sections: 1. Site Demolition: Section 02223 Selective Site Demolition. 2. Grading: Section 02300 Earthwork. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Execute site clearing in manner to limit unnecessary dust and noise. Burning of materials on site not allowed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING MATERIALS A. Disposition of Cleared Materials: Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owners property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Benchmarks: Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. 2. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during site clearing. a. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3. Trees to be Transplanted: Protect and maintain trees indicated to be transplanted on Landscape Drawings. B. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Coordinate work under this Section with Section 02370. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Vegetation in Paving Areas, Areas to Receive Other New Site Improvements and Areas Indicated to be Regraded: Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs,grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots. 1. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. 2. Removal: Include new and old stumps of trees and their roots. If impossible to remove roots, grind stumps to 12" below finish grade. 02232-1 B. Vegetation In Other Areas of Site: 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be — relocated. a. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. b. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees. 2. Remove trees and shrubs indicated to be removed. Landscape Architect will tag trees to be removed. 3. Clear existing vegetation in areas indicated to be sodded or seeded. C. Tree Removal: Fell trees in manner not to injure standing trees, plants and other improvements to remain. - 3.03 DISPOSAL Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02232-2 SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Site grading. (N.I.C.) 2. Compaction. B. Related Sections: 1. Soil Testing: Section 01450 Quality Control. 2. Layout: Section 01722 Field Engineering. 3. Selective Site Demolition: Section 02223. 4. Selective Clearing: Section 02232. 5. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370. 6. Subgrade Preparation for Asphalt Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. 7.. Subgrade Preparation for Concrete Vehicular Paving: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement. 8. Subgrade Preparation for Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks Paving: Section 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with following: 1. Excavation: Colorado Division of Labor Rules and Regulations. 2. Compaction Standard: ASTM D698-9 1(1998) — Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 1 .03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Bearing Subgrade: Site grading. excavation and fill shall provide the following bearing conditions. 1. Footings Foundations: All footings shall rest on natural, undisturbed subsoils or on compacted engineered fill. 2. Exterior Slabs and Pavement: Bear on a minimum 2 foot thickness of well -compacted engineer controlled fill over scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted natural soils. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: Soil testing during construction will be conducted by acceptable testing laboratory. See Section 01450 Quality Control. 1. Test reports of soils testing during construction specified under Field Quality Control will be distributed by the testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 Quality Control. B. Geotechnical Engineer: Materials and operations under this section shall be executed under observation of Geotechnical Engineer employed by Owner who will place qualified personnel on site during earthwork operations as necessary. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Geotechnical Data: The following data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Subsurface Investigation (Geotechnical Report): Each Bidder shall be fully familiar with the following document which has been prepared for Owner by a separate consultant. The following document will be available for examination at the offices of the Owner and Architect. In preparing his bid, each Bidder shall consider and evaluate data contained in the following document as well as the Drawings and Specifications prepared by the Architect. Log and report are believed to be accurate; however, neither Owner nor Architect guarantees information 02300-1 I I T r J ZINTRODUCTION GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED WOOD STREET CULVERT PROJECT CITY OF FORT COLLINS FACILITIES WOOD STREET AND ELM STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO TERRACON PROJECT NO.20025065 MAY 20, 2002 This report contains the results of the geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed wood street culvert project located on the City of Fort Collins Facilities property at 700 Wood Street near the intersection of Wood Street and Elm Street in Fort Collins, Colorado. The 1 project site is located in the Southwest 1/4 of Section 2 and the Northwest 1/4 of Section 11, Township 7 North, Range 69 West of the 6 h Principal Meridian. The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: • subsurface soil and bedrock conditions • groundwater conditions • foundation design and construction • lateral earth pressures • pavement design and construction • earthwork .JI The conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and laboratory testing, engineering analyses, our experience with similar soil conditions and our understanding of the proposed project. PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand the City of Fort Collins — Operations Services Department intends on constructing a 4-foot by 12-foot reinforced concrete box culvert (RCBC) through the eastern portion of the City of Fort Collins Utilities facility located at 700 Wood Street. The RCBC is to collect surface runoff from nearby properties and discharge into a water quality pond located beyond the property to the northeast on the Lee Martinez property. A concrete paved area will also be constructed for use as a storage area for transformers in the southeast comer of the facility. Elm Street is also planned to be extended beyond the railroad track spur and be - constructed in general accordance with current pavement standards. J contained therein nor do they guarantee conditions indicated to exist at locations of test holes will prevail at other locations on site. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Wood Street & Elm Street _ Fort Collins, Colorado By Terracon Fort Collins, Colorado Terracon Project No. 20025065 Dated May 20, 2002 2. Geotechnical data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the ` Contract Documents. The data contained in the document prepared for the Owner by its separate consultant is believed to be reliable; however, the Architect does not guarantee its accuracy or completeness. B. Existing Utilities: Protect from damage any sewer, water, gas, electric, phone or other pipe lines or conduits uncovered during work until they have been examined by Owner. 1. If such lines are found to be abandoned and not in use, remove affected sections without extra cost. 2. If such lines are found to be in use, carefully protect and carry on work around them. If Owner deems it advisable to move such lines, Owner will pay cost of moving. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Fill and Backfill: Correct settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over backfill or fill, which may occur within one year correction period. Restore any structures damaged by settlement to their original condition at no cost to Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Material: Clean on -site excavated soils or imported fill approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Frozen soils not allowed. B. On -Site Excavated Material: Clean on -site excavated soil free of organic material, rubble or debris. C. Imported Fill for Use as Structural Fill Below Slabs: Use if sufficient quantities of on -site excavates` material acceptable for use as structural fill are not available. Import well -graded material meeting following criteria. 1. Gradation shall provide following percent fines by weight passing sieves when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. a. 3 inch: 100 percent. b. No. 4: 30 to 80 percent. c. No.200: 50 percent maximum. 2. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum. 3. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum. - D. Imported Fill for General Site Use: Use at other locations if sufficient quantities of on -site excavated material acceptable for use as fill are not available. Import material meeting following criteria. 1. Gradation shall provide following percent fines by weight passing sieves when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. ., a. 3 inch: 70 to 100 percent. b. No. 4: 30 to 80 percent. -r c. No.200: 50 percent maximum. 2. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum. 3. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum. 02300-2 /_' E. Backfill Material Behind Retaining Walls: Select granular materials approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Underground Utility Piping Bedding Material: Clean, free draining gravel as approved by Geotechnical Engineer. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Visit: Visit and inspect site and take into consideration known or reasonably inferable conditions affecting work. Failure to visit site will not relieve Contractor of furnishing materials or performing work required. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Engineering: See Section 01722 Field Engineering for bench marks, monuments, batter boards, reference points and layout and checking of the work. B. Protection: 1. Maintain undisturbed soils under foundations and slabs at natural moisture content. Maintain moisture content of controlled fill material at near optimum in accordance with ASTM D698. 2. Provide and maintain slopes, crowns and ditches in excavation to insure satisfactory surface drainage at all times. Provide temporary drainage facilities to prevent water from draining into excavations. When work is completed, restore temporary ditches or cuts to original grade or finish grade as indicated. 3. Bailing or Pumping: Immediately pump or bail out water found in excavations, whether rain or seepage. Keep excavations free from water at all times. Take measures and furnish equipment and labor necessary to control flow, drainage and accumulation of water as required to permit completion of work under this section to avoid damage to work. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Over -Excavation: 1. Under Footings: Remove all existing uncontrolled fill, construction debris and soft spots as required to reach soil acceptable as bearing subgrade. a. Under Footings: Over -excavation shall extend horizontally to a distance equal to one horizontal to one vertical beyond bottom outside edge of footing on all sides. 2. Under Paved Areas: Remove upper 2 feet of existing uncontrolled fill. 3. Controlled Fill: Replace over -excavated areas with controlled fill as specified in Articles 3.04 and 3.05. B. Footing and Area Excavations: Excavate site as required for walls, foundations, piers, area pits, etc. to depths indicated on Drawings. 1. Trenches: Bottoms of full width required. If through error, trenches are carried deeper than required, fill excess depth with compacted fill as directed at Contractor's expense. 2. If debris, soft spots or loose or excessively moist areas are found at bottom of any excavation, immediately report condition to Architect who will determine if corrective work is necessary. 3. Slope or shore excavations in accordance with local and federal regulations, including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards. C. Unclassified Excavation: All excavation is considered as unclassified and is defined as removal of all material encountered, regardless of soil type. Unclassified excavation is considered normal excavation and no extra will be allowed. D. Cobbles and Boulders: Where cobbles or boulders are uncovered during excavation and at footing elevation they shall be immediately reported to the Architect to direct their removal. Cobbles or boulders shall be carefully removed to prevent disturbance of adjacent soils and the resulting depressions shall be filled with compacted earth fill. Stockpile boulders 12" in diameter and larger for future landscape use in on -site location as directed. 02300.3 E. Store suitable backf ill material as space is available. Remove all other excavated material from the site. 3.04 PREPARATION OF NATURAL GROUND A. General: 1. Initial Grading: Level surface to receive fill. Provide for approximately uniform thickness of fill beneath building structures. 2. Verity removal of uncontrolled fill to specified depth and all topsoil and vegetation before beginning preparation of natural ground. 3. Remove frozen or muddy ground in fill areas. B. Fills Made on Hillsides or Slopes: Plow or scarify slope of the original ground upon which the fill is to be placed to a minimum depth of 8°. Where slope ratio of original ground is steeper than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical, the bank shall be stepped or benched. C. Preparation: Mix and blend the plowed or scarified surface with a disc or grader blade so the surface will be free of large clods or rocks, ruts, hummocks or other uneven features which would tend to prevent uniform compaction by the equipment to be used. D. Scarification and Compaction: 1. Natural Ground Under Exterior Slabs, Sidewalks and Paving, and All Areas to Receive Fill: Scarify to a minimum depth of 8 inches and compact at optimum moisture content to at least 95% of its Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698. 3.05 FILLING AND COMPACTION A. General: Fill and compact to levels required to complete the work indicated. Filling may require soil _ material in excess of quantity of suitable material available from required grading and excavations even though not indicated on the Drawings. Such material shall be imported at earthwork contractor's expense. B. Moisture Conditioning: 1. Clay Soils Placed Around or Beneath Foundations: Compact within a moisture content range of optimum to 2 percent above optimum. 2. Clay Soils Placed Beneath Pavement: Compact within a moisture content range 2 percent below to 2 percent above optimum. 3. Granular Soils: Compact within a moisture content range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above optimum unless otherwise directed by Geotechnical Engineer. C. Placing Fill: Distribute material to avoid formation of lenses or layers of material differing substantially from surrounding material. Deliver material at uniform rate to permit satisfactory procedure to result in uniformly compacted fill. 1. Avoid unnecessary concentration of travel causing ruts and uneven compaction. Regrade and _ compact ruts and hollows more than 6" deep before compacting. 2. Spread fill material in loose horizontal layers no greater than 10 inches thick. 3. Provide specified moisture contents and densities throughout each lift. D. Backfilling: Fill and compact temporary holes and excavation around interior walls, grade beams, piers, trenches, on inside of building and excavation around exterior foundation walls. 1. Backfill in even lifts on both sides of foundation walls to prevent excessive pressure on one _ side. Brace unsupported foundation walls, grade beams, and piers thoroughly before backfilling and leave bracing in place until supporting floors are in place. 2. Obtain permission before backfilling. 3. Debris, construction materials, or large chunks of earth are not allowed in backfill. 4. Backfill and mechanically compact as indicated below. Puddling not allowed. E. Compaction of Cohesive Materials: When moisture content and condition of each spread layer is _ satisfactory, compact by method approved by Geotechnical Engineer to densities specified below. 02300-4 F. Compaction of Cohesionless Materials: When compacting material such as sands and gravels, deposit materials in layers and compact by surface or internal vibrators, smooth or pneumatic rollers, hand or power tampers, or by other means approved by Geotechnical Engineer. 1. Thickness of horizontal layers after deposition shall be not more than 6" if compaction is performed by tractor treads, surface vibrators or similar equipment. If compaction is performed by internal vibrators, thickness of horizontal layers after compaction shall be not more than penetrating length of vibrator head. 2. Ponding or water flooding not allowed. G. Compaction Requirements: Compact each layer by methods acceptable to Geotechnical Engineer to minimum of the following Standard Proctor Densities as determined by ASTM D698: 1. Underslab gravel and aggregate base beneath slabs 95% 2. Fill and backfill under exterior slabs and sidewalks 95% 3. Fill and backfill under asphalt or concrete paving 95% 4. Utility trench backfill 95% 5. Miscellaneous fill in unpaved and other non-structural areas 90% If a well defined maximum density curve cannot be generated by impact compaction in the laboratory for any fill type, engineered fill shall be compacted to a minimum of 70 percent relative density as determined by ASTM D4253 and D4254. Compact mechanical and electrical trenches excavated by utility companies as specified for utility trenches. 1. Bedding Gravel: Compact to 70 percent of Relative Density in accordance with ASTM 04253. 3.06 EXCESS OR UNUSABLE MATERIAL Remove from site or spread and compact on site as directed. 3.07 DAMAGED EARTH Earth that has been rendered unfit to receive planting due to concrete water, mortar or lime water dumped on it shall not be used in areas to receive plantings. 3.08 FINISH GRADING A. General: Cut and fill all areas to elevations and tolerances specified. Leave graded surface clean, free from rubbish and large clods and reasonably smooth. B. Subgrade Under Building: Finish grade to smooth, even, well compacted surface at densities specified under Article 3.05 to elevations indicated. 1. Slab on Grade Subgrade Tolerance: (t) 0.02' (114"). C. Subgrade Under Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter: Finish grade to bearing surface as required. 1. Tolerance: (t) 0.04' (1/2"). D. Subgrade Under Asphalt Paving: Finish grade to bottom of full depth asphalt or aggregate base course. 1. Tolerance: (t) 0.04' (1/2"). E. Subgrade Under Concrete Paving: Finish grade to bearing surface as required. 1. Tolerance: (t) 0.04' (1 /2"). Subgrade Under All Other Areas: Finish grade to 6" below grades indicated as sodded and to grades indicated in all other areas. 1. Tolerance: (t) 0.1' (1-1/4"). 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 02300-5 A. Placement Method: Obtain the Geotechnical Engineer's approval of method of placing and compacting before starting compacted fill or backfill placement. B. Compaction: Obtain written approval of the completed compacted fill and backfill from the Geotechnical Engineer who will have sufficient tests made to assure compliance with these Specifications. If, because of unsatisfactory test results it is necessary to retest after corrective works cost of tests other than initial tests shall be paid by Contractor. C. Density Tests: In accordance with ASTM D1556, ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017. See Section 01450 Quality Control. D. Field Engineering: See Section 01722 Field Engineering. END OF SECTION YY 02300-6 '' SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes Following Temporary Erosion Control Devices During Construction: 1. Temporary straw bale barriers at bottoms of slopes, temporary drainage curbs, all storm sewer inlets and points of concentrated discharge as shown on Drawings or as directed by the Architect. 2. Silt fence construction at locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Sections: Earthwork: Section 02300. 1.02 SUBMITALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01330: 1. Catalog data for silt fence filter fabric and proposed supports. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Work Sequence: Install temporary straw bale barriers and silt fences for each phase of work immediately following completion and acceptance of rough graded surfaces. B. Removal: Remove straw bale barriers and sift fences when directed by the Architect. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 STRAW HAY BALES Provide a standard 3' x 24" x 18" straw bales for Swale and inlet protection. Additional bales may be necessary if initial bales become sediment laden and ineffective. 2.02 SILT FENCING A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Mirafi Envirofence 10550 2. Silt Fence 10820 3. Accepted substitute in accordance with Section 01600. B. Description: Silt fencing with reinforced backing and staking materials, lengths as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Existing Conditions: 1. Verify site clearing is acceptable and ready for erosion control work. 2. Verify locations to receive hay bales and silt fencing with the Architect before proceeding. 3.02 STRAW BALES A. Excavate 4" trench the width of the bales. Install straw bales with ends tightly abutting. Stake each with 2 stakes. B. After new inlets are constructed, straw bales drop inlet sediment filter shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. 02370-2 3.03 SILT FENCE Set stakes, construct 4" x 4" trench upslope of stakes, install fabric, backfill and compact excavated trench. Refer to Drawings for exact requirements. 3.04 MAINTENANCE A. Inspect silt fence and hay bales every four to six weeks for integrity and proper placement. _ B. Repair or replace silt fence and hay bales as needed after each inspection. C. Inspect sift fence, hay bales and inlet sediment filters for sediment buildup every four to six weeks. Remove sediment as needed after each inspection. D. Inspect all erosion control facilities following heavy precipitation for damage and sediment buildup. Perform maintenance as necessary. E. Remove erosion control facilities when directed by the General Contractor. END OF SECTION 02370-2 SECTION 02575 PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers surface obstructions which the Contractor must remove and replace, such as pavement, drives, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and similar surfaces, as required to perform the work. 1. Contractor has the option of protecting instead of removing and replacing obstructions that interfere with the work. 1.2 The words "Standard Street Specifications", as used herein, refer to the current City of Fort Collins Design Criteria and Standards for Streets. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 AGGREGATE, ASPHALT AND CONCRETE A. All materials, such as but not limited to aggregate, bituminous material, and concrete, which are used in the repair of surface obstructions, shall conform to the "Standard Street Specifications". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANHOLE FRAMES AND VALVE BOXES. A. Prior to placing the base course, manhole frames and water valve boxes shall be raised to final grade. B. Foreign matter which is introduced into manholes and valve boxes by the work, shall be removed immediately to provide free access to these facilities. C. All valve boxes and manhole rings shall be straight and properly aligned. 1. Valve boxes shall be inspected by placing a valve key on the operating nut to assure a proper alignment. 3.2 ASPHALT AND CONCRETE, INCLUDING BASE AND GRAVEL SURFACING A. Contractor shall remove, dispose of, and restore asphalt, concrete pavement, curbs, drives, sidewalks and gravel surfacing in accordance with the "Standard Street Specifications". 3.3 CONCRETE SURFACING A. With the exception of improvements on private property, asphalt, concrete drives, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and similar structures shall be removed, disposed of, and restored in accordance with the "Standard Street Specifications", with the following minimum thickness: Driveways and slabs shall be 6 inches thick. 02575- 1 2. Patios shall be 4 inches thick. 3. Gutters shall be 6 inches thick. 4. Concrete bases for brick payers and concrete pavement shall be 6 inches thick. 5. Sidewalks shall be 4 inches thick. 6. Cross pans shall be 8 inches thick. B. Reference Part I, Section 4.00 of the "Standard Street Specifications". C. Reference Section 03300. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Subgrade, aggregate base course, and bituminous pavement shall be compacted in accordance with the "Standard Street Specifications". B. Concrete. 1. Reference the "Standard Street Specifications". 2. Reference Section 03300. END SECTION 02575- 2 SECTION 02605 MANHOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section concerns sanitary sewer manholes, and includes the acceptable products, materials, and construction practices which may be used in the construction and installation of manholes. B. Manholes shall be furnished with all accessories, including steps, base, cone section and ring & cover. C. Manholes shall be installed wherever there is a change in size, direction, slope, at junctions, at the end of each main, and at intervals of not more than four hundred (400) feet. 0. All dead-end manholes, where a future sewer main extension is anticipated, shall have pipe stubbed out of the manhole. 1. Main extensions shall extend two feet past the manhole (maximum). a. Main extensions shall be staked with alignment and grade, past the street pavement. 2. Main extensions shall be plugged with a water -tight factory made, removable plug capable of withstanding the required pressure test. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manholes shall be handled, stored, and protected in such a manner as to prevent damage t- materials. B. All joint surfaces shall be free from dirt, oil, and grease at the time of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Precast manhole bases, risers and cone sections shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C478, and shall be made with Type 1/II cement. 1. All cone sections shall be the eccentric type. B. Concrete and Reinforcing Materials. 1. All reinforcing materials shall conform to ASTM A615, A617, or ASTM A185. 2. Reference Section 03400. 2.2 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. Cement used in cast -in -place manholes shall conform to ASTM C150, Type 1/II. B. All fine and course aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33. C. All deformed reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A615 or ASTN A617. 1. All bars shall be either Grade 40 or 60. D. All welded steel wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185. E. Concrete used in cast -in -place manholes shall have a minimum of six (6) sacks per cubic yard, and shall be allowed to develop a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi after 28 days. 1. Concrete shall have a maximum allowable water/cement ratio of 0.50, by weight. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. F. Reference Section 03300. 02605-1 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 SITE EXPLORATION The scope of the services performed included a site reconnaissance by a geotechnical engineer and engineering geologist, a subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering analysis. Field Exploration A total of 5 borings, were drilled on April 18 and 19, 2002, to approximate depths of 15 to 20 feet below existing site grades at the locations shown on the Site Plan, Figure 1. It should be noted that Test Boring No. 6 was not drilled due to limited accessibility to our drilling equipment. We could explore this area in the future when access becomes available if determined necessary. All borings were advanced with a truck -mounted drilling rig, utilizing fl- inch diameter solid stem auger. Continuous lithologic logs of each boring were recorded by the geotechnical engineer and engineering geologist during the drilling operations. At selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were taken by pushing thin -walled Shelby tubes, or by driving split -spoon samplers. Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the split -spoon into the subsurface materials with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The penetration resistance value is a useful index to the consistency, relative density or hardness of the materials encountered. Groundwater measurements were made in each boring at the time of site exploration. The test borings were backfilled upon completion of the drilling operations; therefore, stabilized water measurements were not obtained for these borings. Laboratory Testing All samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for observation by the project geotechnical engineer, and were classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. Samples of bedrock were classified in accordance with the general notes for Bedrock Classification. At that time, the field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary and an applicable laboratory testing program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface materials. Boring logs were prepared and are presented in Appendix A. 2 2.3 MORTAR A. Mortar shall be Sand -Cement grout, using the following ratio of ingredients: 1. One part Portland Cement; conforming to ASTM C1500, Type 1/II. 2. Two parts sand; conforming to ASTM C144. — 3. 1/2 part hydrated lime; conforming to ASTM C207, Type S. 2.4 GROUT A. Grout shall be one of the following: 1. Pre -mixed, non-metallic grout; the acceptable types and manufacturers of which are listed below: a. Master Builders; "Embeco Mortar". b. Sonnebom; "Ferrolith 0-0.5. Redi-Mixed". C. Or an approved equal. 2. Job -mixed grout, using the following ratio of ingredients: a. , One part Portland Cement; conforming to ASTM C207, Type 1/11. b. One part sand; conforming to ASTM CL44. C. One part shrinkage correcting aggregate; the acceptable types and manufacturers of — which are listed below: 1. Master Builders; "Embeco Aggregate". li. Sonneborn; "Ferrolith G-D.S " Or an approved equal. III. Or an approved equal. 2.5 RING AND COVER A. All rings shall be B-inches in height. — B. Acceptable ring and covers are: y 1. Neenah, R-1706. 2. Or an approved equal C. 4-inch rings may be acceptable for street overlays or repaving, with approval of the Engineer. 2.6 STEPS A. All steps, in manhole, shall be made of one of the following materials: 1. Alluminum 2. Copolymer polypropylene plastic, conforming to ASTM C478 and ASTM C497 B. Acceptable steps and their manufacturers are: 1. Neenah; R-1982-W. 2. M. A. Industries; PS-2-PFS. 3. Or an approved equal. ._ C. All steps shall be spaced 12-inches D. The maximum distance from the cover shall be 24-inches. E. The maximum distance from the bench shall be 18-Inches. 2.7 PREFORMED PLASTIC GASKETS A. All performed plastic gaskets shall conform to AASHTO M198 B. The diameter of a performed plastic gasket shall be 1.5 inches for a 48-inch diameter hole. C. Acceptable gaskets and their manufacturers are: 1. "Ram-Nek"; K.T. Snyder Co. 2. "Rub'r-Nek- K.T. Snyder Co. 02605-2 3. "Kent Seal"; Hamilton -Kent Manufacturing Co. 4. Or an approved equal. D. Gaskets shall be pliable at the time of installation PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Trenching, backfilling, and compaction. 1. Reference Section 02221. B. Manhole Construction 1. Standard manholes shall be installed in accordance with Manhole Detail. 2. Drop manholes shall be installed in accordance with Manhole Detail. a. Drop manholes are required whenever the difference between invert elevations is two (2) feet of greater. 3. Flat -top manholes shall be installed in accordance with Manhole Detail. a. Flat -top manholes are required whenever the distance between the finished road surface and a manhole barrel section does not allow room for a cone section. b. Access holes for flat -top manholes shall be offset from center. i. If the distance from the manhole cover to the invert of the sewer main is less than 3 feet, the access hole shall be centered. 4. Manholes shall be constructed at the location and to the elevation indicated on the approved Construction Drawings, or as stated by the Engineer to accommodate field conditions. a. The location of manholes shall be referenced by the Design Engineer, to a minimum of two permanent surface references, and recorded on the As Constructed Drawings. 5. The manhole shall be set plumb. a. Precast concrete adjustment rings shall be used to bring the ring and cover to grade. i. The total height from the top of the cone section to the finish street grade shall not exceed 16-inches. ii. The adjustment rings shall be flush with the inside of the manhole and grouted. 6. Manhole sections shall be joined to each other and to the base using a double row of preformed plastic gaskets. a. All joint surfaces shall be kept clean and dry during installation. b. The joint between the manhole section and the base shall be grouted on the inside to provide a smooth surface. 7. Manhole sections, adjustment shims, and ring & covers shall be joined using mortar or preformed plastic gaskets. a. All joint surfaces shall be kept clean, dry, and warm during installation. b. When mortar joints are used, each section shall be set with a 1-inch minimum full bed of mortar. c. Manhole sections shall be grouted to ring and covers, on the inside. 8. All lifting holes, joints, and other imperfections shall be filled with an approved non -shrink grout, to provide a smooth finished appearance. 9. If the ground water is above the top of the pipe, the exterior surfaces of manholes shall have a 1/16-inch coating of tar. a. The determination of the need for a tar coating shall be made by the Engineer upon review of the soils report, or shall be shown on the approved utility plans. END OF SECTION 02605-3 SECTION 02615 DUCTILE IRON PIPE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers ductile iron pipe. B. Pipe shall be furnished complete with all fittings, flanges, specials and other accessories. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling 1. Slings, pipe tongs or skids shall be used for handling pipe. 2. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. a. Dropping pipe or fittings onto cushions is also forbidden. 3. Pipe shall not be handled in any manner which will cause damage. B. Storage 1. Lubricant shall be stored and used in a manner which will avoid contamination. 2, Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a cool, dark location away from grease, oil and ozone producing electric motors. 3. The maximum stacking heights of pipe as listed in Tables land 2 of AWWA C600-77, shall not be exceeded. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. All ductile iron pipe, with push -on joints, shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51-86 (AWWA C151) B. All ductile iron pipe, with flanged, flat faced joints, shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.15-83(AWWA C115). C. Ductile iron pipe which is less than 12 inches in diameter shall be Class 52 pipe. D. Ductile iron pipe which is 12 inches in diameter or larger shall be Class 51 pipe. E. All ductile iron pipe shall have nominal laying lengths of either 18 or 20 feet. 1. Random pipe lengths are not acceptable. 2.2 FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS A. All fittings and couplings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C104-85, C110.77, and CI11-85. B. All fittings and couplings shall have one of the following types of connections: 1. Flanged. 2. Mechanical joint. 3. Push -on, C. All fittings and couplings shall be made of either gray -iron or ductile iron, and have a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi. 2.3 JOINTS A. All mechanical and push -on joints shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.11- 85(AW W A 0111). 02615-1 1. All gaskets shall be made of synthetic rubber. 2. Lubricant shall be that which is specified by the pipe manufacturer. 3. All nuts and bolts shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI-A21.11-85(AWWA C111). B. All ductile iron pipe with threaded flanged joints shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.15-83(AW WA C115). 1. All flanges shall be sized and drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1, Class 125 Cast -Iron Flange. - 2.4 PIPE LINING A. All ductile iron pipe shall have a standard thickness cement mortar lining. 1. Ductile iron pipe which is less than 12 Inches in diameter shall have a cement mortar lining with a minimum thickness of 1/16 inch. 2. Ductile iron pipe which is larger than 12 Inches in diameter shall have a cement mortar lining with a minimum thickness of 3132 inch. B. All ductile iron pipe lining shall conform to ANSI A21.4-85(AWWA C104). 2.5 PIPE COATINGS A. All ductile iron pipe shall have a bituminous coating on the pipe exterior. 1. The minimum thickness of the bituminous coating shall be 1 mil. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. All tie rods shall conform to ASTM A307. 1. All steel rods shall be of a standard weight and shall conform to ASTM A120, standard weight. 2. All washers shall be plain steel and conform to ANSI B27.2. B. Protecto Wrap Tape shall be #200 or #200A "- PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pipe and fittings shall be examined for cracks, dents, abrasions or other flaws prior to installation. 1. Defective pipe and fittings shall be marked and removed from the site. _ B. Reference Section 02713. C. Cutting the pipe. 1. The pipe shall be cut smooth, straight and at right angles to the pipe axis, with a saw or an abrasive wheel. 2. The pipe or cement lining shall not be damaged during the cutting operation. 3. The cut ends and rough edges of the pipe shall be ground off so they are smooth. 4. The cut end of the pipe shall be beveled for push -on joints. D. Field joints 1. Push -on joints shall be used in underground locations, unless indicated otherwise on the Project Drawings. 2. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks. 3. Joints shall not be deflected beyond the maximum values as specified in Tables 5 and 6 of _ AWWA C600-77. 4. After initial acceptance of the waterline, the Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any leak which is discovered within a two year period, E. Loose polyethylene encasement 1. Polyethylene encasement shall be used whenever the resistivity of the native soil is less than 2,500 ohm -centimeters, or as required by the Utility. 2. All polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe shall conform to 02615-2 r ANSI 21.5-82(AWWA C1O5). a. Polyethylene shall be a minimum of 6 mils thick. b. Polyethylene encasement may be installed by Methods A, B or C, of ANSI 21.5- 82(AWWA C105). 3. Rips, punctures or other damage to the polyethylene encasement shall be repaired with adhesive tape or with a short length of polyethylene, which shall be wrapped around the pipe and secured in place with tape. 4. A sealed encasement shall be maintained on the pipe with the polyethylene. a. The polyethylene shall be taped to existing lines and to the ends of other overlap sections. b. Sections of polyethylene shall overlap each other by 1 foot. 5. When polyethylene is used, the bedding and backfilling shall be controlled so that the polyethylene is not torn or damaged. a. Sand shall be backfilled to a depth of six (6) inches above the top of the pipe. 6. Loose polyethylene encasement shall be used at these additional, buried locations: a. Valves and fitting with flanged or mechanical joints. b. Bolted fitting, such as couplings. c. Tie rods and joint harness. 3.2 JOINT INSTALLATION A. Push -on joints 1. Dirt, oil, grit, excess coatings, and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot. 2. The gasket shall be inserted. 3. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket and the spigot end of the pipe. 4. The joint surface shall not be allowed to. come in contact with the ground. 5. The pipe shall have a depth mark prior to assembly to insure that the spigot end is inserted the full depth of the joint. 6. The joint shall be completed, taking care that the spigot is inserted to the depth mark. a. Stabbing of pipe shall not be allowed. B. Mechanical joints 1. Dirt, oil, grit, excess coating and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot. 2. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside of the bell, the outside of the spigot, and the gasket. 3. Nuts shall be alternately tightened on opposite sides of the pipe to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. 4. A torque limiting wrench shall be used, and bolts shall be tightened to the following torque values: Bolt Size Toroue(Ft. Lbs.) 5/8" 40- 60 3/4" 60- 90 1" 70-100 1 1 /4" 90-120 5. Holes in mechanical joint bells shall straddle the top centerline. C. Mechanical couplings 1. Dirt, oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter shall be removed from each end of the pipe. 2. Any cut ends or rough edges of the pipe shall be ground off so that they are smooth 3. The gap between pipe ends being coupled shall be less than one inch and greater than 1/4 inch. D. Flanged joints 1. Pipe shall be extended completely through screwed -on flanges. 2. The pipe and the flange face shall be machine finished in a single operation. 3. Any restraints on the pipe which will prevent uniform gasket compression or cause unnecessary stress in the flanges shall be eliminated. 02615-3 4. Mechanical connections shall not be assembled until all flanged joints, which are affected, have been tightened. 5. Bolts spaced on opposite sides of the pipe shall be alternately tightened to assure uniform gasket compression. _ 6. Holes in flanges shall straddle the top centerline. END OF SECTION N.. 02615-4 SECTION 02622 PLASTIC GRAVITY SEWER. PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section concerns plastic gravity sewer pipe, and includes the acceptable materials and construction practices which may be used in the installation of plastic gravity sewer pipe. 1.2 PRODUCTDELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling. 1. Pipe shall not be handled in a manner which will cause damage to the pipe. 2. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. 3. Care must be taken to prevent damage to the pipe and fittings by impact, bending, compression, or abrasion. 4. Damaged pipe or fittings shall not be installed. B. Storage. 1. Lubricant shall not be stored or handled in a manner which will cause contamination to the lubricant. 2. Rubber. gaskets shall be stored in a location which protects them from deterioration 3. Pipe shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 4. Pipe shall be stored on a surface which provides even support for the pipe barrel. a. Pipe shall not be stored in such a way as to be supported by the bell. b. Pipe which has a longitudinal deflection of greater than 1/8-inch per foot of pipe shall not be used. 5. Pipe which exhibits any signs of ultraviolet degradation shall not be used. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. All plastic gravity sewer pipe and all fittings -shall be made from PVC components which conform to ASTM D1784. B. All plastic gravity sewer pipe and all fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3034. 1. The standard dimension ratio (SOR) of plastic gravity sewer pipe, shall not exceed 35. 2.2 JOINTS A. All joints shall be of the push -on bell and spigot type, and shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3212. 1. All gaskets shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F477. 2. All bells shall be formed integrally with the pipe and shall contain a factory installed elastomeric gasket, which is positively retained. 3. Lubricant shall be that which is specified by the pipe manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Reference Part 3 of Section 02722. END OF SECTION 02622-1 SECTION 02644 FIRE HYDRANTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section covers dry -barrel fire hydrants. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fire hydrants shall be handled, stored, and protected in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials, coatings, and finishes. B. Fittings and joints shall be kept free from dirt, oil and grease. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All fire hydrants shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C502-85. 1. The fire hydrant valve, operating nut, and the nozzle caps shall open clockwise (right). B. The auxiliary gate valve on the hydrant lateral shall be a 6-inch resilient seat gate valve with a valve box. 1. Reference Section 02641. C. The hydrant tee on the mainline shall be a swivel tee. D. Acceptable fire hydrants and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller, No. A-423 2. Kennedy, K81A Guardian 3. Waterous Pacer, WB-100 4. American Darling, B-84-B 5. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.2 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. All fire hydrants shall be a dry -barrel type with a break -away traffic flange, designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.B. All fire hydrants shall have a minimum main valve opening size of 5-1/4 inches. C. Shoe inlets shall be 6 inches, with mechanical joint fittings. D. Fire hydrant laterals shall be buried a minimum of 5 feet, unless otherwise directed by the Utility. E. The fire hydrant pumper nozzle shall be 4-1/2 inches in diameter with 6 threads per inch. 1. Pumper nozzle threads shall be right handed. Fire hydrant hose nozzles shall be 2-1/2 inch diameter with 7-1/2 threads per inch. 1. Hose nozzle threads shall be right-handed. G. All fire hydrants shall have a 7/8-inch square operating nut. H. All fire hydrants shall be painted yellow. 1. Contractor shall paint all fire hydrants prior to acceptance by the City. 2. Acceptable paint and it's manufacturer are: a. DeVoe, Safety Yellow #58158-01. b. There will be no substitutions allowed. 02644-1 2.3 HYDRANT GRAVEL A. Hydrant gravel shall be well graded crushed stone or gravel, conforming to ASTM-D448, CDOH #67, as listed below: SIZE PERCENTPASSING 1" 100 3/4" 90-100 3/8" 20 -55 #4 0-10 " #8 0-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fire hydrants shall be installed in accordance with Fire Hydrant Detail. B. The Developer's Engineer shall provide offset staking for both vertical and horizontal control. C. The joining of laterals, valves, and hydrants shall be handled in the same manner .as pipe. 1. The hydrant shall be installed vertically plumb with the pumper nozzle facing the direction ^ shown on plans. a. The vertical distance from any finished surface to the centerline of the pumper nozzle shall not be less than 18 inches, nor greater than 22 inche3. _ 2. The hydrant shall be set to the elevation staked, to insure that the bury line is at the final grade. D. The hydrant shall be supported on a minimum of18 inches of compacted hydrant gravel. 1. The hydrant shall be supported with a concrete block. E. A concrete thrust block, with a minimum bearing surface area of 4.5 square feet, shall be placed behind the hydrant shoe. _ 1. A sheet of 8 mil polyethylene film shall be placed between hydrant shoe and concrete thrust block. 2. Care shall be taken when placing thrust blocks so that hydrant drain holes remain free of obstructions. After pouring the thrust block, hydrant gravel shall be placed to a depth of 12" above the hydrant shoe. 1. Hydrant drain holes shall remain free of obstructions. G. Hydrants which are placed in concrete sidewalks or pavement, shall maintain six inches of horizontal clearance between the concrete and the hydrant barrel 1. The space between the concrete and the barrel shall be filled with asphalt or gravel. H. All hydrants shall conform to the Uniform Fire Code, Section 10.206 (1979). 1. There shall not be a post, fence, vehicle, growth, trash, storage, or other material or thing, within 3 feet of a fire hydrant. 2. The ground surrounding the fire hydrant shall slope away from the hydrant at a minimum grade of 2%. After installation of the hydrant is complete, the oil/grease reservoir shall be checked to insure that it is full. I 1. If it is necessary to fill the reservoir, it shall be filled with the oil/grease which is.specified by the hydrant manufacturer. J. Fire Hydrants which have been accepted by the City, shall be operated by City personnel only. END OF SECTION 02644-2 SECTION 02646 SERVICE LINES, METERS AND APPURTENANCES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers the materials and installation of corporation stops, service lines, meters, meter setters and meter pits. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The product shall be handled, stored, and protected in a manner which will prevent damage to materials, coatings and finishes. B. All material shall be kept clean and free from dirt. 1.3 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE TAPS A. Utility contractors licensed by the City for utility work in the public right of way, shall be allowed to make service taps on water mains which have been initially accepted. B. Unless prior permission is given by the Utility, only the .Utility shall make service taps on mains which have passed final acceptance. C. The contractor shall not make any taps without permission from the Utility. D. Reference Details services of less than 3-inches in diameter. E. 3/4-inch and 1-inch taps shall be installed by direct tapping. F. 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch taps shall be installed by one of the following methods: 1. Taps on new construction shall be a mechanical joint tapped tee with an iron pipe thread inlet corporation. 2. Taps on existing lines shall be made with a tapping saddle. G. Service taps on mains larger than 12" will be made only under the direct supervision of the Utility. The contractor shall give forty-eight hours advance notice to the Utility before a tap is made. H. Service or main taps which are larger than 2-inch will be made by the Utility, or installed with the water main at time of construction. 1. Reference Section 02713. The Utility reserves the right to make taps in lieu of the contractor and the right to deny permission for any main to be tapped. J. Tapping equipment shall be of good quality, used for the purpose intended and used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Reference Section 01600. 1.4 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION A. The contractor shall maintain and repair all service lines, meter pits, and any associated appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly, or otherwise prove to be defective, for a period of two (2) years after final completion and acceptance of the work. 1.5 METER SETTERS A. The Utility shall furnish meter setters for 3/4-inch and 1-inch meters. 02646-1 I I I I I I I Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No.20025065 Selected soil samples were tested for the following engineering properties: • Water Content • Dry Density • Swell Consolidation Compressive Strength Terracon • Expansion Potential • Water Soluble Sulfate Content Grain Size R-Value Laboratory test results are presented in Appendix B, and were used for the geotechnical engineering analyses, and the development of pavement and earthwork recommendations. The significance and purpose of each laboratory test is described in Appendix C. All laboratory tests were performed in general accordance with the applicable ASTM, local or other accepted standards. SITE CONDITIONS The proposed RCBC and pavement evaluation project is located northeast of the intersection of Wood Street and Elm Street on the City of Fort Collins Utilities property at 700 Wood Street. The area for the proposed construction consists of asphalt -paved areas as well as landscaped areas with grass and trees with a portion of the proposed RCBC alignment meandering through the existing transformed storage area. It is our understanding a perforated underdrain line collecting groundwater runs parallel on the north side of the Elm Street then transverses in a northeasterly direction through the City of Fort Collins property in a solid PVC pipe to the Nauta Pond located beyond the northern property line. Existing residences lie to the east and south and the Nauta Pond is located north of the site with the Lee Martinez Park situated to the northeast. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Soil Conditions The subsoils at the site consisted of existing asphalt pavement underlain by aggregate base 1 course, silty sand with gravel fill material, or native silty clayey sand in Test Boring Nos. 4 and J 5. The existing asphalt pavement thickness varied from 1 to 2-inches in depth underlain by aggregate base course that varied from 1 to 1-1/2 inches. The upper layer of subsoils encountered in the general vicinity of Test Boring Nos. 1 and 2 consisted of approximately 6- inches of silty topsoil. Sandy lean clay fill material was observed at the surface of Test Boring No. 3. The underlying soils consisted of sandy lean clay, poorly graded gravel with silt and sand, and poorly graded sand with silt and gravel, which extended to the bedrock stratum below. The sandstone/claystone/siltstone bedrock was encountered in each boring at approximate depths of 6 to 10-feet below existing site grades and extended to the depths explored. 3 I . Unless it is otherwise specified, the Utility shall install an idler, without charge, on all single- family and duplex structures within the city limits. 2. Exterior or interior meter setting shall be at the option of the developer. 3. Exterior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with Details. 4. Interior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with Details. B. Unless it is otherwise specified, meters, strainers, and meter setters for 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meters shall be purchased from the Utility. 1. Meter settings for 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meters shall be exterior settings only. r 2. Meter settings for 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meters shall be installed in accordance with Detail. C. Unless it is otherwise specified, meters and strainers for 3-inch and larger meters shall be purchased from the Utility. 1. Meter settings for 3-inch and larger meters shall be exterior settings only. 2. Meter settings for 3-inch and larger motors shall be installed in accordance with Details. 1.6 METER PITS A. 3/4-inch and 1-inch meters pits shall be installed by the contractor. 1. Meter pits shall be 20 inches in diameter, a minimum of 48 inches in length, and shall be constructed of bituminous fibers. a. All meter pits shall have a notched bottom. 2. Meter pit covers shall be constructed of cast iron with cast iron recessed lids and rubber or _ plastic inner lids. a. The minimum allowable opening for meter pit covers shall be 11 Inches diameter. b. All meter pit covers shall have a 27/32" worm -lock with a Standard Waterworks pentagon head. 3. Acceptable meter pit covers and their manufacturers are: a. Ford, #W3. b. There will be no substitutions allowed. B. 1 1/2-inch and 2-Inch meters pits shall be installed by the contractor. _. 1. Meter pits shall be constructed from standard 48 Inch inside diameter precast concrete manhole sections. -+ a. Reference Section 03400. 2. Meter pit covers shall be an aluminum manhole ring and cover with a 24 inch diameter opening. _ a. All meter pit covers shall have a 27/32" worm -lock with a Standard Waterworks pentagon head. b. All meter pit covers shall have the word "water" cast in the lid. C. 3-inch and larger meter vaults shall be installed by the contractor. 1. Meter vaults shall be constructed from precast concrete box sections designed for H-20 bridge loading. a. Vault dimensions for different size meters are as follows: _ Meter Size Inside Vault Dimension 3" 6' x 7' 4" 7'x7' 6" 8'x8' 8" and larger determined byCity 2. Unless it is otherwise specified, meter vault covers shall be an aluminum manhole ring and cover with a 24 inch diameter opening. a. All meter vault covers shall have a 27/32" worm -lock with a Standard Waterworks pentagon head. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TAPPING SADDLES 02646-2 A. All tapping saddles shall have a bronze body, with bronze double flat straps and bronze nuts. 1. Outlet threads on tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only. B. Acceptable manufacturers of tapping saddles are: 1. Mueller. 2. Ford. 3. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.2 CORPORATION STOPS A. All corporation stops shall conform to AWWA C-00-66. 1. All corporation stops shall be constructed of brass. 2. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only. 3. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapped tees shall be IP type only. 4. All corporation stop outlets shall use a compression connection. 5. Corporation stops shall be used for all taps which are 2-inches and smaller. 6. Corporation stops shall incorporate ball valves only. a. Plug valves will not be allowed. B. Acceptable manufacturers of corporation stops are: 1. Mueller. 2. Ford. 3. A. Y. McDonald. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.3 COPPER SERVICE LINES A. Copper pipe shall be used for service lines which are 2-inches and smaller. B. All copper services shall conform to the Appendix to AWWA C800-66.. 1. The copper for copper services shall be Type K, only. 2.4 COUPLINGS A. All couplings shall use a compression connection. B. Acceptable couplings and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller; #H-15403. 2. Ford; #C442"d". a. "d" equals the diameter of the service. 3. A. Y. McDonald; #4758-22, or #4758T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.5 CURB STOPS A. All curb stops shall have compression connections at both ends. B. The top threads for all curb stops shall be Minneapolis type. C. Curb stops shall be used for taps which are 2-inches and smaller. D. Acceptable �Yeinch and 1- inch curb stops and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller; #H-15155. 2. Ford; #B44-333M and #B44-444M. 3. A. Y. McDonald; #6104-22, or #6104T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. E. Acceptable 1 1/2-inch curb stops and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford; #B44-666M. 2. Mueller; #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads), with two #H-15428 ends. 02646-3 3. A. Y. McDonald; #6104-22, or #6104T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. F. Acceptable 2-inch curb stops and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford; #B44-777M. 2. Mueller; #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads), with two #H-15428 ends. 3. A. Y. McDonald; #6104-22, or #6104T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.6 VALVE BOXES FOR CURB STOPS. A. Minneapolis pattern shall be used for all curb stops. B. Acceptable valve boxes and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller; #H-10302. 2. There will be no substitutions allowed. C. Valve boxes for 3-inch and larger services. 1. Reference Section 02641 2.7 METERS A. All meters shall be purchased from the Utility, for installation by the contractor, unless otherwise _ specified. B. The acceptable manufacturers of meters are: 1. Rockwell. 2. Neptune. 3. Badger. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.8 STRAINERS A. All strainers shall be constructed of brass. B. The acceptable manufacturers of strainers for water meters are: - 1. Rockwell. _ 2. Neptune. 3. Badger. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.9 METER SETTERS A. The acceptable manufacturers of 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter setters are: _ 1. Ford. 2. Mueller. 3. There will be no substitutions allowed. B. Acceptable 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meter setters, and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford. a. 1 1/2-inch, #VVF6612B-13. b. 2-inch, #VVF7712B-17. 2. Mueller. a. #8-1423. _. 3. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.10 METER PITS ~ A. The acceptable manufacturers of 314-inch and 1-inch meter pits are: 1. Tallman. 2. There will be no substitutions allowed. 02646-4 B. Acceptable meter pit covers for 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter pits, and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford; #W3 2. There will be no substitutions allowed. C. 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meter pits. 1. Reference Section 03400 2. The acceptable manufacturers of meter pit covers for 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch meter pits are: a. Casting Incorporated. b. Or an approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The contractor shall not make any taps until the water main has been initially accepted, curb and gutter has been installed, and service locations and grades have been staked. 1. There will be no exceptions made for water mains which are located in private roadways. B. The contractor shall obtain permission to tap, and scheduled an inspection of the tap, from the Utility's Meters and Services Supervisor. 1. A minimum of 24 hours notice is required on all tap inspections. a. There will be no exceptions to the 24 hour notice requirement. C. The contractor shall adjust stop boxes and meter pits to final grade as determined by the grade stake. 1. Grade stakes shall be a placed a minimum of five feet from the location of the stop box. 2. Grade stakes shall not be disturbed prior to inspection of the service by the Utility. D. The contractor shall mark the location of the water service with a cross chiseled Into the face of the curb and gutter. 3.2 CORPORATION STOPS A. Taps shall not be made within two feet of any joint or fitting. B. Taps shall be separated by at least two feet (measured along the pipe length), even when taps are made on opposite sides of pipe. C. Taps which are made on the same side of the pipe and within 10 feet of each other (measured along the pipe length), shall be staggered fifteen degrees. 3.3 SERVICE LINES A. All service lines shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below the final grade. B. There will be a maximum of one coupling per service, between the main and the curb stop. 1. Service lines (3/4-in, through 2-in.) shall be uniform in size from the corporation stop to 5 feet past the meter pit; or the curb stop, if the meter is set inside the building. C. When backfilling the service trench, care shall be taken so that no stones larger than 3" are resting against the service line. D. Service trenches shall be subject to compaction specifications. 1. Reference Section 02221. 3.4 CURB STOPS A. The contractor shall adjust the curb stop box to 1/2-inch above final grade prior to final inspection. 02646-5 B. Curb stop box shall be fully extended and screwed onto the curb stop. C. Curb stop box shall be plumb, so that a shut-off key can be placed on the curb stop. _ 3.5 METER PITS A. Exterior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with Details. B. Service lines entering meter pits shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches _ below the final grade. C. Meter pits shall not be installed in any street, alley, parking area, driveway, or sidewalk. D. There will be no major landscaping (trees, shrubs, boulders, etc.) or structure (retaining wall, etc.) within 4 feet of the meter pit. E. The ground surrounding meter pits shall slope away from the lid at a minimum grade of 2%. F. There will be no plumbing connections inside the meter pit. G. All tees, connections, and couplings shall be a minimum of 5 feet from the meter pit wall, and on the outlet side. 1. There will be no tees, connections and couplings installed between the curb stop and the _ meter setter. H. If the property owner changes the grade of the ground surrounding the meter pit, after the pit has u been installed, he shall be required to adjust the meter pit cover to 1/2 inch above the final grade. 3.6 INSPECTION A. The contractor shall insure that the curb stop, corporation stop, and any couplings remain exposed until after the inspection and the approval for backfill is given by the Utility. B. The contractor shall turn on water at the corporation stop when the service is ready for inspection. 1. The packing nut on the back of the corporation stop shall be tightened, and water shall be _ flushed through the curb stop. C. All tap and service inspections shall be scheduled with the Utility's Meters and Services Supervisor. 1. A minimum of 24 hours notice is required on all tap and service inspections. ^ a. There will be no exceptions to the 24 hour notice requirement. D. The water shall be turned on at the curb stop by the Utility, only after the service line, curb stop, stop box, and meter setting is approved. I END SECTION 02646-6 SECTION 02713 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers the installation of water distribution lines. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water system installations shall conform to the regulations of the Colorado Department of Health, and the Water Quality Control Commission. B. Construction staking. 1. Reference Section 02221. C. Horizontal alignment shall not be deviated from by more than 6 inches. D. Vertical alignment shall not be deviated from by more than 3 inches, as measured from the pipe invert. E. The minimum effective area of thrust blocks, shall be as specified in Details. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Reference Sections 02615, 02622, 02641, 02644, and 02646. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Foreign material, including trench water, shall not be permitted to enter the pipe. B. Debris, tools, clothing, or other material shall not be permitted in the pipe. C. In order to prevent water, debris, and animals from entering the pipe, the open ends of the pipe shall be plugged with a blocked, watertight plug when pipe laying is not in progress. D. Effective measures shall be used to prevent uplifting or floating of the pipeline prior to completion of the backfilling operations. E. Pipe shall not be installed under the following conditions: 1. When the trench contains water. 2. When weather conditions are unsuitable. a. Temperature is less than -5 degrees Fahrenheit. b. Snowing. C. Raining. d. High winds. 3. When the trench bottom is unstable. F. Pipe and appurtenances shall be protected against dropping and damage. 1. Pipe and appurtenances shall not be used if they are damaged. 02713-1 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE A. The same type of pipe material shall be used for each size pipe. 1. Pipe material shall not be interchanged, except where another type of pipe material is specifically indicated. B. Reference Sections 02615 and 02622. C. Plastic pressure pipe shall be used only when approved by the Utility for a specific job. _ 2.2 VALVES A. Reference Section 02641. 2.3 HYDRANTS A. Reference Section 02644. 2.4 SERVICE LINES, METERS, APPURTENANCES A. Reference Section 02646. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Pipe barrel and fittings shall be free of dirt or other foreign objects prior to installation. ^ B. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for cracks, dents, abrasions or other flaws prior to installation. ^ C. Pipe and fittings with damaged linings or coatings shall be rejected. 1. Defective pipe shall be marked and removed from the site. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Trenching, backfilling and compaction. " 1. Reference Section 02221. B. Connections. 1. The location and elevation of the existing pipe shall be verified prior to construction. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. All pipe shall be installed with the bells pointing in the direction that the work is progressing. B. The contractor shall employ effective measures to prevent the opening of joints during bedding and backfilling operations. _ C. The joint shall be completed in accordance with the applicable pipe material specification and the -, pipe shall be adjusted to the correct line and grade as each length of pipe is placed in the trench. D. The pipe shall be secured in place with the specified bedding tamped under and around the pipe. E. The pipeline shall be installed so that a uniform positive or negative grade is maintained between the designed high and low points. F. The minimum depth of cover shall be 4 1/2 feet from the finished grade to the top of the pipe, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. — G. The maximum depth of cover shall be 5 1 /2 feet from the finished grade to the top of the pipe, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 02713-2 H. Concrete, encasement shall be provided where indicated on the Construction Drawings or required by these Specifications. 1. Cast -in -Place Concrete. a. Reference Section 03300. 2. At any location where water mains cross sewer lines and the sewer is above the water main or there is less than 18 inches of vertical clear distance below the water main, the crossing shall be constructed by one of the following methods: a. One length of structural sewer pipe, with laying length 18 feet or greater, shall be installed in the sewer line. i. The structural sewer pipe shall be centered on the water main, and shall be the same size as the remainder of the sewer line. ii. All structural sewer pipe shall be ductile iron pipe or an approved equal. b. Sewer lines which are 12-inches and smaller shall be encased in 6-inch reinforced concrete for a distance of 10 feet either side of the watermain. i. The minimum allowable reinforcement shall be continuous No. 4 bars, placed at each corner of the section, and tied with No. 3 bars at 3 foot centers. ii. Reference Detail. c. Sewer lines which are larger than 12-inches shall have all joints, which are located 10 feet either side of the watermain, encased in 6-inch reinforced concrete. 3. Suitable backf ill or other structural protection shall be provided to prevent settling or failure of the higher pipe. 3.4 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Anchorage and Blocking 1. Reference Detail. 2. Concrete thrust blocks and anchors for preventing pipe movement shall be provided at all mechanical joint plugs, wyes, tees, crosses, bends which deflect 11-1/4 degrees or more, reducers and valves. 3. The minimum size of the thrust blocks and thrust anchors shall be determined from the table in Detail. 4. Thrust block bearing shall be excavated into undisturbed soil. a. All loose soil shall be disposed of, and the location where the thrust block is to be poured, shall be carefully shaped to provide a uniform bearing surface of the required size. b. Thrust block bottom shall be flat, and sides shall be vertical. 5. The thrust block shall be formed to provide access to fittings, valves and hydrants. 6. The thrust block shall be extended from the fitting or valve to be blocked, to solid undisturbed earth. a. Thrust blocks shall be constructed so that joints and drain holes are clear and accessible. 7. Concrete shall be separated from fittings, valves and hydrants by an 8 mil polyethylene film. a. Concrete shall not be poured directly on or over fittings. 8. The City shall be notified 24 hours before Concrete is placed. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINE APPURTENANCES A. Valves, meters, hydrants and other appurtenances to the water distribution lines shall be installed at the locations shown on the Construction Drawings, or as approved by the Utility to accommodate field conditions. Measurements of the actual location of appurtenances shall be made priority backfilling for recording in the Project Record Drawings. B. All dead-end waterlines will be plugged and have a thrust block poured against the plug. _ 1. Dead-end waterlines that, will be extended in the future, shall have the valve which controls that section of waterline left in the off position. C. Blow -offs will not be allowed to be permanently installed on dead-end watertlines. 1. Dead-end waterlines, which have services, shall have a fire hydrant at the end of the waterline 02713-3 to facilitate the discharge of air and water from the waterline. a. If the waterline is to b- extended in the future, the fire hydrant may be installed temporarily, until the extension occurs. D. Blow -offs which are installed by the contractor during construction shall be abandoned at the main prior to acceptance of the waterline. 3.6 PROTECTION OF METAL SURFACES A. If the supplied material has not been factory coated, or the coating has been damaged by installation, the material shall be protected by one of the following two methods: 1. Two coats of coal tar paint shall be applied to ferrous metal rods, rebars, clamps, bolts, nuts and other accessories which are subject to submergence or contact with earth or fill material, and are not encased in concrete. a. The first coat of coal tar paint shall be applied to a dry, clean surface. b. The first coat of coal tar paint shall be allowed to dry before the second coat is applied. 2. Ferrous metal rods, rebars, clamps, bolts, nuts and other accessories which are subject to submergence or contact with earth or fill material, and not encased in concrete shall be protected with coal tar paint and with Protecto Wrap. END OF SECTION 02713-4 SECTION 02722 SANITARY SEWER COLLECTION SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section concerns the installation of sanitary sewer collection mains, and includes the acceptable products, materials, and construction practices which may be used in the installation of sanitary sewer collection systems. B. The minimum allowable pipe diameter of sanitary sewer mains shall be 8-inches. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking. 1. Reference paragraph 1.2.6 of Section 02221. C. Horizontal alignment between consecutive manholes shall not be deviated from by more than 6 inches. D. Vertical alignment shall remain uniform between manholes, with no deviation from the grade specified on the Construction Drawings. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Reference Sections 02605 and 02622. 1.4. JOB CONDITIONS A. Foreign material, including trench water, shall not be permitted to enter the pipe under construction. 1. The portion of the pipe being installed shall not be used to dewater the trench. B. Debris, tools, clothing, or other material shall not be permitted in the pipe. C. Water shall be prevented from entering sewer pipe which is already in service and has been previously accepted by the Utility. C. Effective measures shall be used to prevent uplifting or floating of the pipeline prior to completion of the backfilling operations. E. Pipe shall not be installed under the following conditions: 1. When the trench water is entering the pipe being installed. 2. When weather conditions are unsuitable. - a. Temperature is less than -5 degrees Fahrenheit. b. Snowing heavily. C. Raining heavily. d. High winds. 3. When the trench bottom is unstable. F. Pipe and appurtenances shall be protected against dropping and damage. 1. Pipe and appurtenances shall not be used if they are damaged. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANHOLES A. Reference Section 02605. 02722-1 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Field and Laboratory Test Results The clay subsurface soils exhibit low to moderate bearing characteristics and low to moderate swell potential. The sandy soils exhibit low to moderate bearing characteristics and non -to - low swell potential. The sandstone/claystone/siltstone bedrock exhibits moderate bearing characteristics and moderate swell potential. Field and laboratory test results indicate that the native clay soils are medium stiff in consistency and are moderately plastic. The sandy soils are loose to dense in relative density. Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5 at approximate depths of 3 to 10 feet below existing site grades during initial exploration procedures. The test borings were backfilled upon completion of our drilling operations; therefore stabilized water measurements were not obtained. Based on previous site explorations the piezometric groundwater flow at the site is in the north to northeast direction. These observations represent only current groundwater conditions, and may not be indicative of other times, or at other locations. Groundwater levels can be expected to fluctuate with varying seasonal and Jweather conditions. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS Geotechnical Considerations Based on the subsurface conditions encountered at the site, it is our opinion the proposed pavement and culvert construction is feasible at the site from a geotechnical engineering point of view. However, based on the current groundwater conditions, it is anticipated temporary dewatering measures will be required to prepare subgrade and foundation bearing strata grades for the proposed RCBC. The subsoils for the pavement sections at the test boring locations are moderately plastic in various areas. Due to the plastic nature of the soil subgrade, stabilization may be required at the time the pavement is constructed depending on weather conditions prior to and during road construction. 7 It is our understanding the proposed transformed area is to be reconstructed with reinforced concrete pavement. Based on a progress meeting conducted at the project architect's office on May 15, 2002 it is our understanding the on -site pavement areas are to be constructed with full -depth asphalt. Areas of the pavement subgrade may become unstable due to the effects of weather or possess swell potential. Flyash should be utilized for the stabilization of pavement subgrade in these areas and it is recommended that the upper 12-inches of the subgrade be treated M 2.2 PLASTIC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. Reference Section 02622. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Pipe, fittings, and manholes, shall be free of dirt or other objects prior to installation. ^ B. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for cracks, dents, abrasions or other flaws prior to installation. 1. Defective pipe and fittings shall be marked and removed from the site. C. Manholes shall be inspected for cracks or other flaws prior to installation. 1. Damaged manholes shall be marked and removed form the site. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Trenching, backfilling and compaction. — 1. Reference Section 02221. B. Cutting the pipe. 1. The pipe shall be cut smooth, straight, and at right angles to the pipe axis, with saws or pipe cutters which are designed specifically for the material. 2. The cut end of the pipe shall be beveled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Burrs shall be removed and all dust shall be wiped off of the jointing surface. C. Connections. 1. The location and elevation of the existing pipes and manhole inverts shall be verified prior to construction. 2. Connections to existing pipes shall be made with an approved coupling device. a. Acceptable manufacturers of couplings are: I. Femco. H. Or an approved equal. D. Joints. 1. Dirt, oil grit, and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot. 2. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket and the spigot end of the pipe, per the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3. The lubricated joint surface shall be kept clean until joined. 4. The pipe shall have a depth mark prior to assembly to insure that the spigot end is inserted the full depth of the joint. _ 5. Stabbing of the pipe shall not be allowed. 6. Previously completed joints shall not be disturbed during the jointing operation. 7. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks. 8. After the initial acceptance of the sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for the . repair of any leak, resulting from improper workmanship or materials, which i- discovered within a two year period. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Pipe installation shall begin at the lowest elevation and proceed upstream to the highest, unless'prior written approval is obtained from the Engineer. 1. Pipe shall be installed so that the bells are pointing uphill. 2. The pipeline shall be installed so that a uniform grade is maintained between manholes. B. The joint shall be completed in accordance with the pipe material specification, and the pipe shall be 02722-2 r u adjusted to the correct line and grade as each length of pipe is placed in the trench. 1. Pipe shall be laid to and maintained at required lines and grades as specified in the approved construction drawings. C. The pipe shall be secured in place with the specified granular bedding material consolidated under and around the pipe. D. The contractor shall prevent the opening of joints during bedding and backfilling operations. 1. Bedding material shall not be dropped onto unsupported pipe, which has been set to alignment and grade. E. Concrete encasement shall be provided where indicated on the Construction Drawings or required by these specifications. 1. Cast -In -Place Concrete. a. Reference Section 03300. 2. At any location where a water main crosses a sewer main, and the sewer is above the water main, or the vertical distance between the two mains is less than 18 inches, the crossing shall be constructed by one of the following methods: a. One length of structural sewer pipe, with a laying length of 18 feet or greater, shall be installed in the sewer main. I. The structural sewer pipe shall be centered on the water main, and shall be the same size as the remainder of the sewer main. ii. All structural sewer pipe shall be ductile iron pipe or an approved equal. iii. Any joint within 10 feet of the centerline of the pipe being crossed shall be encased in 6-inch reinforced concrete. b. Sewer mains which are 12-inches or smaller, shall be encased in 6-inch reinforced concrete for a distance of 10 feet either side of the water main. I. The minimum allowable reinforcement shall be continuous No. 4 bars, placed at each corner of the section, and tied with No. 3 bars at 3 foot centers. ii. Reference Details. c. Sewer mains which are larger than 12-inches shall have all joints, which are located 10 feet either side of the water main, encased in 6-inch reinforced concrete. d. Suitable backf ill or other structural protection shall be provided to prevent settling or failure of the higher pipe. 3. Sanitary sewer mains which cross waterways shall be encased in concrete. a. Reference Details. F. Concrete cut-off walls shall be constructed at all waterway crossings. 1. Reference Details. 3.4 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. Reference Section 02605. B. Manholes shall be installed at the location and to the elevation shown on the Construction Drawings, or as approved by the Engineer/Utility to. accommodate field conditions. C. Measurements of the actual location and elevation of sewer main inverts shall be made for recording in the As -Constructed Drawings, by the Design Engineer. 3.5 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Service wyes, tees or saddles, shall be installed at the locations designated on the approved construction drawings. 1. Reference Details. 2. The centerline of the service branch shall be inclined upward at a 45 degree angle. B. Service connections on existing mains shall be installed using a saddle. 1. Service connections on existing mains shall be installed by the Utility. 02722-3 C. All sewer services shall be extended at a constant grade to a point 6 feet inside the property line. — 1. Maximum grade of all sewer services shall be 8%. 2. Minimum grade of 4-inch sewer services shall be 1/4-inch per foot, (2%). 3. Minimum grade of 6-inch sewer services shall be 1/8-inch per foot, — (1%)• D. The end of all sewer services shall be plugged with an airtight plug. E. The end of all sewer services shall be marked with a 4" x 4" wooden marker. 1. All wooden markers shall extend from the end of the service to a point 2 feet above the ground surface. — E. The Contractor installing the sanitary sewer main and services, shall mark the location of the sewer service with an "S" chiseled into the face of the curb and gutter. END OF SECTION 02722-4 SECTION 02730 AGGREGATE SURFACING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. New gravel service yard paving as indicated. B. Related Sections 1. Rough Grading Before Placement of Gravel: Section 02300 Earthwork. 2. Asphalt Base Course and Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. 3. Concrete Aprons: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600 B. Delivery: Do not deliver surfacing materials to the site until finish grading is completed and surfacing may be immediately applied. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Construct gravel surface service yard after completion of building construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregate Surfacing Material: Class 5 or 6 Road Base Material as defined by Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Layout: Verify layout of areas to be covered as indicated on the drawing prior to starting operations. 2. Grades: Verify that fine grading is within tolerance specified in Section 02300. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Aggregate Surfacing: Place and compact within 2% of optimum moisture. Continue compaction until the base course has a density of not less than 95% of Standard Proctor Density 1. Maximum Lift Thickness: 6 inches. 2. Compacted Thickness of Completed Aggregate Surfacing: As indicated on Civil Engineering Drawings. END OF SECTION 02730-1 SECTION 02740 _ FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY — A. Section Includes: 1. New asphalt paving for passenger car parking, storage area and driveways. — B. Related Sections: 1. Concrete Pans, Sidewalks, Curb and Gutter: Section 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. — 2. Pavement Marking: Section 02765 Pavement Markings. 3. Cut and Fill Under Paved Areas: Section 02300 Earthwork. 4. Concrete Vehicular Paving, Concrete Aprons and Trash Enclosure Slab: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement. — 1.02 SUBMITALS A. Mix Designs: Prior to starting asphalt work, submit asphalt concrete mixes to the — Architect for approval. Include the following and all other information used in designing mixes. _ 1. Hveem Properties. 2. Optimum asphalt content 3. Job mix formula 4. Recommended mixing and placing temperatures. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Record of Work: A record shall be kept by the Contractor listing the time and date of placement of all asphalt work. Retain all records until the completion of the project and make available to the Architect for examination at any time. B. Inspection of Batching Plants: The Architect shall be offered uninterrupted access to the batching .. plant at all times that the work is in progress. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Sections 400 Pavements, 702 Bituminous Materials, and 703 Aggregates of the COOT Standard Specifications, latest edition which shall be made a part of these specifications by reference. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 BASE COURSE MATERIAL A. Aggregate Base Course Material: Class 5 or 6 base course material as defined by Colorado — Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 2.02 TACK COAT ^ Grade CSS-1 h Emulsified Asphalt as defined by Paragraph 702.04 of Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 2.03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXTURE A. Asphalt Concrete: Grades C and CX as defined by Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. Use Grade CX for all final lifts (top surface course) and Grade C for all other lifts. B. Aggregate for Asphaltic Concrete: Grades C or G as defined by Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 02740.1 2.04 SOIL STERILIZER Elanco Tref Ian Liquid Sterilizer or approved equal. Mix 4 gallons sterilizer with 46 gallons water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PAVEMENT DESIGN A. New Asphalt Pavement: See Pavement Table on Civil Engineering Drawings, for new pavement design sections. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Cut and Fill: Earthwork subcontractor shall perform all cut and fill work required to bring the grade to the correct level to receive base course material or asphalt. B. Proof Rolling: Before beginning subgrade preparation, asphalt paving subcontractor shall proof roll subgrade with heavily loaded pneumatic tired vehicles. Areas which deform under proof rolling shall be reported to the Architect before proceeding. C. Compaction of Subgrade: 1. Asphalt paving contractor shall plow or scarify all subgrade to a depth of 8 inches and recompact within 3 percent of optimum moisture to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D698. 2. Proctor Density tests will be taken by the Soils Engineer and his written approval obtained before proceeding. 3.03 SOIL STERILIZATION Immediately prior to application to aggregate base course material or full depth asphalt, apply soil sterilizer to subgrade. Treat surface with 50 gallons of water/sterilizer per acre uniformly distributed. Apply as recommended by the manufacturer taking extreme care not to sterilize the adjacent area. 3.04 PLACEMENT OF AGGREGATE BASE COURSE A. Hauling and Placing: 1. Exercise care in the hauling and placing of base course so as to avoid segregation of the course and fine materials. Place base course material on the previously prepared subgrade in sufficient quantify to conform to the thickness specified. The material shall be mixed and watered to obtain a uniform mixture at optimum moisture. 2. See Paragraph 3.01 for base course thickness. Place in maximum compacted lifts of 6". 3. Place and compact within 2%, of optimum moisture. Continue compaction until the base course has a density of not less than 95% of Standard Proctor Density. B. Surface and Thickness Tolerances: The subgrade of the prepared base course material shall be free from depressions exceeding 3/16" in 10 when measured with a straightedge. The surface shall be smooth and true to the established crown and grade. Any areas not complying with these tolerances shall be reworked to conform. 3.05 TACK COAT APPLICATION Apply tack coat of emulsified asphalt to edge of curb and all other concrete or existing asphalt surfaces adjoining asphalt paving. 3.06 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE A. Comply with requirements of Section 401, Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. B. Maximum Lift Thickness: 3 inches. 02740-2 C. Second, third and fourth lifts must be placed within 48 hours of preceding lift or a tack coat will be required. D. Compaction: Minimum of 95 percent of Hveem density, ASTM D1560, ASTM D1561. 3.07 SEAL COATING Seal coating of new asphalt is not required. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Testing of base course compaction and sampling and testing of asphalt concrete mixtures for quality control during paving operation will be done by the testing laboratory using applicable ASTM and AASHTO testing procedures. 3.09 STRIPING See Section 02765 Pavement Markings. END OF SECTION 02740-3 SECTION 02750 RIGID PAVEMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete paving for apron slabs. 2. Other vehicular concrete pavement as indicated. 3. Includes: a. Subgrade preparation. b. Reinforcement. c. Concrete placement, finishing and curing. d. Joint treatment. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Concrete: Supplied under Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Bollards: Supplied under Section 05500 Metal Fabrications C. Related Sections: 1. Layout: Section 01722 Field Engineering. 2. Subgrade Preparation: Section 02300 Earthwork. 3. Asphalt Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. 4. Concrete Pans, Curbs and Sidewalks: Section 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. D. Related Requirements: 1. Quality Control: Section 01450. 2. Formwork: Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories. 3. Reinforcement: Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Concrete Testing: Section 03300 Cast -in -place Concrete. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: Prior to placing any concrete, submit concrete mixes in accordance with Section 01450. Submit separate mix designs for each type of concrete to be used in project. Submittals shall include all information used in designing mixes. See Section 03300 for design procedures. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Test Reports: Reports of control tests, special tests or core tests specified under Field Quality Control Article of Section 03300 shall be distributed by testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with design standards of City of Fort Collins and Larimer County. 2. Comply with CDOT Standard Specifications. B. Testing Agency: Testing will be conducted by testing laboratory. See Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete and Section 01450 Qualify Control. C. Record of Work: Keep record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Keep record until completion of project and make available to Architect for examination at any time. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Hauling time: Comply with Section 03300. B. Extra Water: Comply with Section 03300. 02750-1 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS — A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with Section 03300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Formwork: Comply with Section 03100. — B. Reinforcement: Comply with Section 03200. C. Concrete: Provide ready mixed concrete in accordance with Section 03300. On -site mixed concrete not allowed. D. Curing Compounds: Comply with Section 03300. — E. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Expansion Joints: 1/2" thick asphalt impregnated premolded fiber. 2. Poured Joint Sealer: Comply with AASHTO M-1 73 or DI 190-97 Standard Specification for — Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Applied Elastic Type. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX — A. Mix Design: See Section 03300. B. Air Entrainment and Admixtures: Comply with Section 03300. C. Mixing: Comply with Section 03300. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Comply with Section 01600: 1. Layout: Verify layout of work before beginning installation. 2. Subgrade: Inspect subgrade to verify elevation and compaction requirements. See Section — 02300 Earthwork. 3. Notification: Notify General Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions in writing with copy to Architect. B. Acceptance: Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions by installer. C. Architect's Review: Provide ample notice to Architect to allow him to review forms and reinforcement — just before concrete is deposited and to observe placing of concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION ~ A. Subgrade: Perform minor cut and fill required to bring grade to correct level to receive concrete work. Recompact to comply with Section 02300. B. Concrete Work Preparation: Comply with Section 03300. — C. Existing Asphalt: Where new concrete paving abuts existing asphalt paving, cut asphalt to straight — line and place concrete against asphalt to avoid necessity of patching asphalt. D. Protection: Comply with Section 03300. 3.03 FORM WORK Install in conformance with Section 03100. 02750-2 3.04 PAVING A. General: Construct paving in accordance with Drawings, and in conformance with applicable local codes and ordinances. B. Finish: Broom or belt finish unless otherwise indicated with final surface finish as directed by Architect. 1. Finish edges with slightly rounded edging tool. C. Thickness: Total 7 inch full thickness unless otherwise indicated. D. Slope: Slope slabs next to building away from building unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: Place concrete in conformance with Section 03300. 1. Concrete: Place, strike off and consolidate with mechanical finishing machine, vibrating screed or by hand -finishing methods. 2. Screeding: Carry depth of at least two inches of concrete in front of screed for full width of pavement. 3. After concrete has been struck off and consolidated, bullfloat may be used to remove any high or low spots. Bull float use shall be confined to minimum. B. Control Joints or Contraction Joints: 1. Form by sawing, hand -forming, or forming by premolded filler. 2. Minimum Joint Depth: 1/4 of slab thickness. 3. Hand -formed Joints: Maximum edge radius of 1/4 inch. 4. Sawed Joints: Begin sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling. 5. Complete joints before uncontrolled shrinkage, cracking occurs. 6. Joints: Continuous across slab, unless interrupted by full depth premolded joint filler. 7. Clean joint openings 1/4 inch and wider and seal before opening paving to traffic. 8. Spacing: 10 feet o.c. unless otherwise indicated. C. Expansion Joints or Isolation Joints: 1. Install recessed premolded joint filler for full depth of slab. 2. Sealant Joints: a. Prepare, prime and install in accordance with requirements of Section 07920. b. Seal over expansion joint filler with poured sealant. Do not over -fill. C. Apply sealants in continuous beads without open joints, voids or air pockets, using a ratchet hand gun or mechanical powered gun. d. Confine sealants to joint areas with masking tapes or other precautions. Apply compounds in concealed compression joints accurately so that excess compound will not extrude from joints. e. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progresses, and clean adjoining surfaces. f. In rough surfaces or joints of uneven widths, install sealant well back into joint. Recess equal to width of joint, or 3/8" minimum at masonry. 3. Locations: a. Provide at fixed objects abutting or within paved area. b. Continue expansion joints in paving perpendicular to curbs through curb and any adjacent sidewalks. 4. Spacing: Provide as indicated. 3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION Cure and protect in accordance with Section 03300. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Comply with Section 03300 and Section 01450. 02750.3 Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Terracon with flyash. Flyash, where utilized, should be placed in general accordance with the standard of industry for placement procedures. Terracon is available to provide the required laboratory soil and flyash mix design as well as placement recommendations upon request. The following foundation systems for the proposed RCBC and/or associated inlets or other related structures were evaluated for use on the site: • Conventional -type spread footings and/or structural reinforced slab bearing on native undisturbed soil and/or engineered fill material. Design and construction recommendations for foundation systems and other earth connected phases of the project are outlined below. Foundation Systems For the proposed reinforced concrete box culvert and drop inlet structures, it is recommended these structures be supported by conventional spread footings and/or a structural slab bearing on undisturbed soils or structural fill. The footings and/or structural slabs may be designed for a maximum bearing pressure of 2,000 psf. The design bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus design live load conditions. Exterior footings should be placed a minimum of 30 inches below finished, grade for frost protection and the minimum depths required for scour and to provide confinement for the bearing soils. Finished grade is the lowest adjacent grade for perimeter footings. Total settlement resulting from the assumed structural loads is estimated to be on the order of 1/2 inch or less. Differential settlement should be on the order of 1/2 to 3/4 of the estimated total settlement. The geotechnical engineer should observe foundation excavations. If the soil conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental recommendations will be required. Lateral Earth Pressures For soils above any free water surface, recommended equivalent fluid pressures for unrestrained foundation elements are: • Active: Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay) ......................................... 45 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material) .............. 35 psf/ft 5 3.08 PROTECTION — A. Paving: Do not open to traffic for at least 72 hours after placing and until concrete as reached minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi. 1. Restrict traffic to passenger cars and light trucks for at least seven — days after concrete is placed. B. Protect newly finished concrete from rain damage. — END OF SECTION 02750-4 SECTION 02765 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Layout and paint lines and direction arrows, signs, handicapped designations, etc. at: a. Asphalt paving. B. Related Sections: 1. Asphalt Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in pavement marking with proper equipment for pavement marking project of this size. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply pavement marking in wet weather or when temperature is below 400 F. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 STRIPING PAINT A. Paint: Solvent base paint complying with Colorado Department of Transportation specifications. 1. Color of Parking and Directional Markings: Yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MARKING A. Preparation and Layout: 1. After paving is fully cured, sweep paving clean. 2. Layout: Layout and paint symbols, direction arrows, signs, etc., on asphalt paving, and concrete paving indicated on Drawings. 3. Verify marking layouts with Architect before proceeding. B. Markings: 1. Lines: Four inches wide painted by mechanical striping machine. 2. Markings: Apply lining and other markings sufficient quantify to produce completely opaque lines and markings. END OF SECTION 02765-1 SECTION 02776 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete curb and gutter. 2. Concrete sidewalks, islands, and other exterior pedestrian paving. 3. Concrete cross pans. 4. Exterior concrete equipment pads. 5. Miscellaneous site concrete as indicated. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Exterior Concrete: Supplied under Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete. 2. Steel Embedments: Supplied under Section 05500 Metal Fabrications. C. Related Sections: 1. Layout: Section 01722 Field Engineering. 2. Finish Grading: Section 02300 Earthwork. 3. Quality Control: Section 01450 4. Vehicular Concrete Paving, Apron Slabs and Trash Enclosure Slab: Section 02750. 5. Formwork: Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories. 6. Steel Reiforcement: Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. 7. Concrete Testing: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with listed reference standards except as modified by supplemental requirements on the Drawings or by these specifications. B. Guide References and Standard Practices: 1. ACI 305R-89 — Hot Weather Concreting. 2. ACI 309R-87 — Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. C. Field References: Keep at least one copy in Contractors field office at all times: ACI Field Reference Manual, SP-15, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings (ACI 301) with Selected ACI and ASTM References. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: See Section 03300 for design procedures and submittal requirements. B. Test Reports: Reports of control tests, special tests or core tests specified under Section 03300 shall be distributed by the testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 Qualify Control. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with design standards of applicable local codes and ordinances. B. Testing Agency: All testing will be conducted by approved testing laboratory. See Field Quality Control - Part 3 and Section 01450. 02776-1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Hauling Time: Discharge all concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator or other transportation -� device within 1-1/2 hours after the mixing water has been added. B. Extra Water: Comply with Section 03300. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with Section 03300 and ACI 306.1. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Form Facing Materials, Formwork Release Agents and Formwork Accessories: Supplied under Section 03100. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Bars and Welded Wire Fabric: Supplied under Section 03200. B. Wire Bar Supports and Spacers: Comply with CRSI MSP-1. Provide rigid support and clearances required in concrete stairs. 1. Supported on Soil: Class 3. Provide earth -bearing plates. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Use ready mixed concrete conforming with ASTM C94. No on job mixed concrete will be allowed. _ B. Concrete supplied under Section 03300. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Curing and Sealing Compounds: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Minimum 30% solids content, maximum moisture loss of 0.030 _. grams per square centimeter (300 square feet per gallon coverage): a. L&M Dress & Seal WB 30. b. W.R. Meadows Sealtight Vocomp-30. c. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 2. Curing Compound - Vertical Surfaces: Conform to ASTM C309. ^ B. Expansion Joints: 1/2" thick asphalt impregnated premolded fiber. 1. Joints at Building Foundation Walls: Greenstreak G-Seal flexible modified polyvinyl chloride joint seal over premolded filler. a. Seal Color: As selected by Architect. 2.05 CONCRETE MIXES A. Design: See Section 03300 for mix design. B. Mixing: ASTM C94. See Section 03300. PART 3 - EXECUTION -- 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Comply with Section 01600. 1. Layout: Verify layout of work before beginning installation. 2. Subgrade: Inspect subgrade to verify elevation and compaction requirements. 3. Notification: Notify General Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions in writing with copy to Architect. �i B. Acceptance: Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions by installer. C. Forms and Reinforcement: _ 1. Provide ample notice to the Architect to allow him to examine all forms and reinforcement just 02776-2 �' before concrete is deposited and to observe the placing of all concrete. Do not begin Placement until approval of Architect is obtained. 2. Contractor's Review: Contractor shall inspect forms and reinforcing prior to concrete placement to assure accurate placement of embedded items. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Finish Grading: 1. Work by Earthwork Contractor: Earthwork contractor will perform all cut and fill necessary to bring the subgrade to within f 0.04' (1/2") of bottom surface of sidewalks, curb and gutter and other concrete work under this section. 2. Work by Concrete Curb and Sidewalk Contractor: Cut or fill and finish grade as required to bottom of sidewalk or curb and gutter within a tolerance of 0.02' (1/4"). If fill is required use on - site material compacted in accordance with Section 02300 or Class 6 road base material compacted in conformance with Section 02300. 3. Fine grade to smooth, level surface prior to installation of forms. B. Concrete Work Preparation: Do not begin concrete work until operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as continuous operation for entire section that is to be placed. Clean equipment for mixing and transporting concrete. 1. Forms: Constructed under Section 03100. Cleaned of debris and ice, wetted (except in freezing weather) and coated with form oil before concrete placement. 2. If water accumulates in forms, pump out before concrete is deposited. 3. Clearly mark finish top surface of concrete on form walls. C. Reinforcement: Clean prior to placing concrete to remove oil, soil, ice or other coatings that will destroy or reduce bond. D. Existing Asphalt: Where new curb and gutter abuts existing asphalt paving, cut asphalt to a straight line and pour toe of gutter against asphalt to avoid necessity of patching asphalt. E. Protection: Comply with Section 03300. 3.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Steel Reinforcement: Installed under Section 03200. Provide reinforcing steel type, sizes, spacings and locations indicated on Drawings. 1. Sidewalks: Reinforce pedestrian concrete paving and sidewalks with 6 x 6- W1 .4 x W1 .4 welded wire fabric unless indicated otherwise. 2. Curbs and Gutter: Steel reinforcement not required unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. 3, Cross Pans: See Drawings for reinforcing requirements. 4. Equipment Pads: Reinforcement to match sidewalks unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with ACI 301. Place, strike off and consolidate with mechanical finishing machine, vibrating screed or by hand -finishing methods. B. Placement: Place concrete in approximately uniform horizontal layers not over twelve inches in height. Piling up of concrete in forms or chuting in manner to separate aggregates will not be permitted. Do not drop concrete in free fall over 5 feet. C. Water: Prevent accumulations of water on surface of concrete due to water gain, segregation, or other causes, during placement or compacting. Make provision for removal of water as may accumulate so that concrete not be placed in such accumulation. D. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete during and immediately after depositing by means of mechanical vibrators. Supplement by hand spading at comers and angles of forms, around embedded fixtures and in other difficult areas. 1. Mechanical Vibrator: Comply with ACI 301-96, Table 5.3.2.5. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. 02776-3 3. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. 4. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" Into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. 5. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. E. Finishing: Where top of cast -in -place concrete placement will form finished surface, immediately finish concrete in form by skilled cement finisher. Surfaces not finished to level subject to removal and replacement. 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Reference Standards: ACI 301 and ACI 308.1 B. Protection: Protect exposed surfaces of concrete from premature drying and frost. Protect freshly placed concrete from rain damage. C. Form Removal: Do not remove forms until times as specified. Remove carefully to not injure — concrete surface. Protect edges and corners to prevent cracking, chipping or other damage and premature drying. D. Vertical Surfaces: Clean all surfaces of loose sand, mortar, debris and grout; spray lightly with water and coat with a clear or translucent curing compound as soon as possible after removing forms. Apply curing compound in all cases the same working day that the forms are removed. E. Horizontal Surfaces: As soon as possible after placing concrete, coat all exposed horizontal surfaces — with curing compound as specified. Give special attention to obtaining adequate curing of slab edges. F. Protection: Protect concrete surfaces from staining, cracking, chipping, and other damage during progress of the work, and leave in good condition upon completion. 3.06 SIDEWALKS, ISLANDS, AND EXTERIOR SLABS A. General: Construct sidewalks, islands and slabs in accordance with details on the Drawings and in strict conformity with the ordinances of the City of Fort Collins and Larimer County. B. Finish: Light and medium broom finish perpendicular to direction of travel as indicated. y Finish edges with a slightly rounded edging tool. -- 1. Broom finish perpendicular to direction of travel as indicated. 2. All final surface finishes as indicated or as directed by the Architect. 3. Finish edges with a slightly rounded edging tool. C. Thicknesses: 1. Sidewalks and Other Paving Subject to Pedestrian Traffic Only: Full 4 inches unless indicated otherwise. 2. Islands and Other Paving Subject to Vehicular Traffic: Full 7 inches unless indicated otherwise. 3. Cross Pans Thicknesses: See Drawings. D. Control Joints: Provide control joints as indicated on the Drawings or as specified. Provide scored joints with minimum depth of 314". Locate control joints where shown on the Drawings. or 10 feet maximum on center. Locate score joints 5 feet on center unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. E. Expansion Joints: Extend through the entire slab (Cold joints). Provide bituminous fiber expansion joint filler where indicated. 02776-4 3.07 CURB AND GUTTER A. General: Construct curb and gutter in accordance with details on the Drawings and in strict conformity with the ordinances of the City of Fort Collins and Larimer County. B. Finish: 1. Finish all curb and gutter surfaces while the concrete is still green to a brush finish. For any surface areas that are too rough or where surface defects make additional finishing necessary, the curb shall be rubbed to a smooth surface with a soft brick or wood block, with water used liberally. 2. Finish edges with a edging tool having a radius of 12 inch 3. Remove all curb and gutter forms within 24 hours after concrete is in place, and fill minor defects with mortar composed of one part Portland cement and two parts fine aggregate. Plastering is not permitted. C. Gutter Thickness: 6 inches minimum unless indicated otherwise. D. Control Joints: Provide control joints as indicated on the Drawings or as specified. 1. Locate control joints where shown on the Drawings, or 10 feet maximum on center. 2. Joint width: 1/8 inch minimum. E. Expansion Joints: Extend through the entire slab (Cold joints). Provide bituminous fiber expansion joint filler where indicated. F. Tolerance: Test the gutters with a 20 foot straight edge laid parallel to the centerline of the roadway while the concrete is still plastic. Straight edging shall be done along the edge of the gutter cross- section. Irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch shall be corrected immediately. 3.08 MISCELLANEOUS SITE CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all other site concrete indicated on the Drawings even though not specifically mentioned herein to complete the work. B. Bollards: Install and fill steel bollards supplied under Section 05500 as indicated. C. Anchors and Sleeves: Install anchors and sleeves supplied under other sections in accordance with approved shop drawings. D. Signs: Embed exterior sign posts in concrete where indicated. See Section 02891. E. Light Pole Bases: Form and place as shown on Electrical Drawings. Coordinate with Electrical Subcontractor. 3.09 BACKFILLING A. Backfilling: After the concrete has set sufficiently, but no later than 3 days after the pouring, the spaces in front and back of the curb and other excavation generated from this work shall be refilled to the required elevation with suitable material, placed and thoroughly compacted in layers not to exceed 6 inches. B. Final Grade Tolerance: + 0.1 foot. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete Testing: All testing, with the exception of slump tests, shall be performed by an approved testing laboratory. Comply with testing requirements specified in Section 03300. B. Record of Work: A record shall be kept by the Contractor listing the time and date of placement of all concrete. Such record shall be kept until the completion of the project and shall be available to the Architect for examination at any time. 02776-5 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect all exposed surfaces of concrete from premature drying and frost. B. Protect freshly placed concrete against rain damage. C. Protect all concrete surfaces from staining, cracking, chipping and other damage during progress of work, and leave in good condition upon completion. END OF SECTION 02776-6 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"). C. Verification of existing static pressure. D. Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. E. Sleeving for irrigation pipe and wire. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are: A. Payment of all development, plant investment, or any other fees and permits associated with the purchase and installation of the tap. B. Excavation, installation, and backfill of tap into municipal water line. C. Excavation, installation, and backfill of water meter and vault. D. Provision of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. E. Maintenance period. 11y"DWA IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - MY of FORT COLLINS UTII.ITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 1.03 RELATED WORK _ A. Division 2 - Site Work: 1. Section 02900 - Planting 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Deliver four (4) copies of all required submittals to the Owner's Representative within 15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components, control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included. C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and r operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. D. Shoo Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. E. Proiect Record Drawings: Submit project record (as -built) drawings to Owner prior to commencement of maintenance period (refer to specification section ^ 3.12 for specific requirements). 1.05 RULES AND REGULAT1oNs A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities. B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract documents. C. If quantities are provided either in these specifications or on the drawings, these _ quantities are provided for information only. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to complete an independent estimate of quantities and wastage. 02810 - 3 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Passive: Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay)........................................250 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material).............350 psf/ft Adhesion at base of footing ..................................................... 500 psf Coefficient of Base Friction .............................................. ........... 0.35* *The coefficient of base friction should be reduced to 0.30 when used in conjunction with passive pressure. Where the design includes restrained elements, the following equivalent fluid pressures are recommended: At rest: Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay) ......................................... 60 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material) .............. 50 psffft The lateral earth pressures herein do not include any factor of safety and are not applicable for submerged soils/hydrostatic loading. In addition, hydrostatic pressures below groundwater should be taken into account during the design of abutment walls. The following lateral earth pressures are applicable for submerged soils/hydrostatic loading conditions: Active: Submerged Soils/Hydrostatic Loading Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clays) ....................................... 85 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material) .............. 75 psf/ft Passive: Submerged Soils/Hydrostatic Loading Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clays)......................................200 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material).............175 psf/ft At -Rest: Submerged Soils/Hydrostatic Loading Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clays) ....................................... 90 psf/ft Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site granular material) .............. 80 psflft Fill against grade beams and retaining walls should be compacted to densities specified in Earthwork. High plasticity clay soils or expansive bedrock should not be used as backfill against abutment walls. Compaction of each lift adjacent to wails should be accomplished with hand -operated tampers or other lightweight compactors. Overcompaction may cause excessive lateral earth pressures, which could result in wall movement. n IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 1.06 TESTING A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days in advance of testing. B. Pipelines jointed with solvent -welded PVC joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing. C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the Owner's Representative. D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct tests or retests. E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: 1. Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 PSI for two hours. Test with mainline components installed. A 2 PSI pressure variation is allowed. 2. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings. 3. Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test. 4. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. F. Operational Test: Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owner's Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and leakage. 2. Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to correct operational deficiencies. Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or coverage deficiencies. 4. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. 02810 - 4 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINs UTmm SERVICE CENTER -- August 15, 2002 5. Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION REviEw y The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owner's Representative is to periodically observe the work in progress and the Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents and to address questions with regards to the installation. A. Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing should be scheduled with the Owner's Representative as required by these specifications. B. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project. C. Final review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and Record (As -Built) Drawing submittal. The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. -" A. For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Owner's Representative. B. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guaranteetwarranty period. PART 2: MATERIALS 2.01 OuALxry Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of any type, and which are _. the best of their class and kind. 02810 - 5 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be increased at the option of the Contractor. 2.03 SLEEVING A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring bundle. B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. D. Sleeving diameter: equal to twice that of the pipe or wiring bundle. 2.04 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end. 2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter less than 3-inches or where a pipe connection occurs in a sleeve. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D 1784. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564. B. Lateral Pine and Fittings: Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13, 02810 - 6 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY of FORT COLLINs UTILITY SERVICE CENTER �- August 15, 2002 ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding. 2. Use Class 160, SDR-26, rated at 160 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use UV radiation resistant Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for PVC _. pipe. 3. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe _ manufacturer. 4. For drip irrigation laterals downstream of zone control valves, use UV radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from Prime Union Carbide G-resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a -" Union Carbide Licensee with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and -- minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of 0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe. Use PVC/compression line fittings compatible with the drip lateral pipe. Use tubing stakes to hold above -ground pipe in place. C. Snecialized Pipe and Fittings: 1. Copper pipe: Use Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88. Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per the —. installation details. Use a 95% tin and 5% antimony solder. 2. Use a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, - bronze) is joined to an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless _ steel). 3. Assemblies calling for pre -fabricated double swing.joints shall utilize LASCO Unitized swing joints or approved equal. Swing joints shall be rated at 315 psi, and use O-ring and street elbow construction. 4. Low Density Polyethylene Hose: a. Use pipe specifically intended for use as a flexible swing joint. Inside diameter: 0.490+0.010 inch. Wall thickness: 0.100+0.010 inch. 02810 - 7 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 Color: Black. b. Use spiral barb fittings supplied by the same manufacturer as the hose. Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80 nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings. 6. Joint sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water - carrying pipes on metal threaded connections. 2.05 MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Double swing joint arrangement as presented in the installation details. 2.06 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. B. Sprinkler Assembly: As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2.07 DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. B. Check Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. C. Drip Emitter Assembly: 02810 - 8 IRRIGATION SPEcmcATIONs - CITY of FORT COLLINs UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 1. Barb -mounted, vortex and/or pressure compensating emitter device as presented in the installation details. The device shall beRain Bird Xer-bug XB-10pc series. 2. Install emitter types and quantities on the following schedule: a. Ground cover plant: 1 single outlet emitter each or 1 single outlet emitter per square foot of planting area, whichever is less. b. Shrub: 2 single outlet emitters each. C. Tree: 4 single outlet emitters each or 1 multi - outlet emitter each (with 4 outlets open). 3. Use 1/4-inch diameter flexible plastic tubing to direct water from emitter outlet to emission point. Length of emitter outlet tubing shall not exceed five feet. Secure emitter outlet tubing with tubing stakes. D. Flush Can Assembly: as presented in the installation details. Locate at the end of each drip irrigation lateral pipe. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. 2.08 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1. As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2. Primary surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller manufacturer. 3. Valve output surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller manufacturer. 4. Lightning protection: 8-foot copper -clad grounding rod. 5. Wire markers: Pre -numbered or labeled with indelible non -fading ink, made of permanent, non -fading material. B. Instrumentation: 1. As presented in the drawings and installation details. 02810 - 9 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 C. Control Wire: 1. Use American Wire Gauge (AWG) No. 14 solid copper, Type OF or PE cable, UL approved for direct underground burial from the controller unit to each remote control valve. Use AWG No.12 wire for common wire. 2. Color: Use white for common ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors for other control wires. Spare control wires shall be of a color different from that of the active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length. Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant. Wire connector to be of plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector. 4. Encase wiring not located near PVC irrigation pipe in PVC Schedule 40 electrical conduit. Warning tape: Inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. Three inches wide, colored yellow, and imprinted with "CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." D. Existing Control Wire: It is assumed that existing 24 VAC control wire between existing controller and solenoid valves is in workable condition. Any concerns are to be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to installation of the replacement controller. 2.09 OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, other items, and spare parts indicated in the General Notes of the drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS A. Site Inspections: 02810 - 10 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTII.ITY SERvICE CENTER _ August 15, 2002 1. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. _ Report irregularities to the Owner's Representative prior to beginning work. 2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. 3. Contractor will be held responsible for coordination between landscape and irrigation system installation. 4. Landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan shall take — precedence over the irrigation system equipment locations. If irrigation equipment is installed in conflict with the landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan, the Contractor will be required to relocate the irrigation equipment, as necessary, at Contractor's expense. - B. Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"): 1. Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all _ underground utilities. 2. Repair any underground utilities damaged during construction. Make repairs at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the staking has been completed. Notify the Owner's Representative two _ days in advance of review. Modifications will be identified by the Owner's Representative at this review. 3.02 LAYOUT OF WORK A. Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked include: sprinklers, pipe, control valves, manual drains, controller, and isolation valves. B. Install all mainline pipe and mainline components inside of project property — lines. _ 3.03 EXCAVATION. TRENCHING. AND BA A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work space for installing connections and fittings. B. Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade): _ 02810 - 11 " IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 1. 24-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit. 2. 26-inch over control wire. 3. 18-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers 4. 8-inch over drip lateral pipe in turf or paved areas downstream of drip system remote control valves. 5. 3-inch minimum mulch cover over drip lateral pipe in planting beds downstream of drip system zone control valves. 6. PVC UV radiation resistant lateral pipe shall be installed directly on the soil surface. C. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested. D. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 24nches in maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe. Stones larger than 1-inch maximum dimension are not permitted in first (deepest) 6-inches of backfill. E. Backfill unsleeved pipe in either of the following manners: Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding soil. 2. Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil. F. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, etc. in sleeves. Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Conduct one compaction test for each sleeved crossing less than 50 feet long. Conduct two compaction tests for each sleeved crossing greater than 50 feet long. Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Use of water for compaction around sleeves, "puddling", will not be permitted. 02810 - 12 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 G. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site grades. H. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owner's Representative for trench depth adjustments. 3.04 SLEEVING AND BORING A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. B. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled 'Y' at sleeve end locations. C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring. 3.05 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean pipe ends. 2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue assembly. B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe. C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 02810 - 13 I Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Retaining Wall and/or Abutment Wall Drainage To reduce hydrostatic loading on any retaining wall and/or abutment walls, a drain system should be placed behind the wall to intercept surface water infiltration. The drain system should consist of free -draining granular soils containing less than five- percent fines (by weight) passing a No. 200 sieve placed adjacent to the wall. The free -draining granular material should be graded to prevent the intrusion of fines or encapsulated in a suitable filter fabric. A drainage system consisting of either weep holes or perforated drain lines (placed near the base of the wall) should be used to intercept and discharge any surface water infiltration, which would tend to saturate the backfill. Where used, drain lines should be embedded in a uniformly graded filter material and provided with adequate clean -outs for periodic maintenance. An impervious soil should be used in the upper layer of backfill to reduce the potential for water infiltration. As an alternative, a prefabricated drainage structure, such as geocomposite, may be used as a substitute for the granular backfill adjacent to the wall. Box Culvert Slab Design and Construction It is our understanding the groundwater in this area is not to be impacted with the installation of the proposed 4-foot by 12-foot RCBC. Therefore, to minimize the possibility of the RCBC acting as a conveyance mechanism and impacting the groundwater characteristics, it is recommended the RCBC be placed on native or imported cohesive type soils without any underlying granular bedding material. We also recommend the backfill material consist of properly moisture conditioned and compacted cohesive type soils to also minimize the conveyance effect. To minimize the potential for buoyancy to occur within the RCBC, we recommend the bottom and/or the culvert slab be thickened and/or structurally reinforced to reduce the buoyant forces. Some differential movement of a box culvert slab -on -grade system is possible should the 7 subgrade soils become elevated in moisture content. To reduce potential slab movements, the subgrade soils should be prepared as outlined in the earthwork section of this report. ] For structural design of concrete slabs -on -grade, a modulus of subgrade reaction of 100 pounds per cubic inch (pci) may be used for floors supported on the existing cohesive type soils, and 200 if placed on granular imported structural fill material or the on -site sand and gravel stratum. Pavement Design and Construction Design of pavements for this portion of the project have been based on the procedures outlined in the 1993 Guideline for Design of Pavement Structures by the American Association _� 7 m IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 3. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in the pipe. C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 3. UV Radiation Resistant Polyethylene Pipe: a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Snake pipe from side to side on the soil surface, and hold in place with tubing stakes spaced every five feet. 4. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. D. Specialized Pine and Fittings: 1. Copper Pipe: a. Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux. b. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference. 2. Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) and an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel) are joined. 3. Pre -fabricated double swing joints: Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 02810 - 14 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 4. Low Density Polyethylene Hose: Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. PVC Threaded Connections: a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted. b. Use only Teflon -type tape. C. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have male threads and the metal component shall have female threads. 6. Make metal -to -metal, threaded connections with Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound applied to the male threads only. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: 1. Install where indicated on the drawings. 2. Locate at least 12-inches from and align with adjacent walls or edges of paved areas. B. Ouick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals: 1. Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly. 2. Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Install connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Install only one RCV to a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. 02810 - 15 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 4. Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure. 5. Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring. B. Sprinkler Assembly: 1. Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly. 2. Install per the installation details at locations shown on the drawings. 3. Locate rotary sprinklers 6-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. 4. Locate spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. Set sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade. 6. Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best performance. 7. Adjust the radius of throw of each sprinkler for best performance. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: Flush mainline pipe before installing RCV assembly. 2. Locate as shown on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Connectors and sealant shall be installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Install only one RCV to valve box. Locate at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. 4. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. B. Check Valve Assembly: Install at locations shown on the drawings. Install check valve in the direction of flow shown on drawings. 02810 - 16 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY of FORT COLLINs UTIIdTY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 C. Drip Emitter Assembly: 1. Locate as shown on the drawings and installation details. 2. Flush lateral pipe before installing emitter assembly. 3. Cut emitter outlet distribution tubing square. 4. Use tools and techniques recommended by the manufacturer. Make openings for barb -mounted emitters with the emitter manufacturer's hole -punching tool. D. Flush Cap Assembly: Install at the end of each drip irrigation lateral pipe as shown on the installation details. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1. The location of the controller unit as depicted on the drawings is approximate; the Owner's Representative will determine the exact site location upon commencement of contract. during sprinkler layout review. 2. Lightning protection: Drive 8-foot copper -clad grounding rod into the soil. If rock prevents driving, bury at least four feet deep. Use one rod for each controller. Connect controller to grounding rod with AWG No. 10 solid conductor copper wire. Secure wire to grounding rod with brass or bronze clamp. Locate the connection in a separate valve box. 3. Install primary surge protection arrestors on incoming power lines. 4. Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire and one for the common wire. 5. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to which the control wire is connected. 6. Install a 120-volt, 15 amp switched and grounded 3-prong receptacle with GFIC inside the controller unit housing. 7. Connect control wires to the corresponding controller terminal. 02810 - 17 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 B. Instrumentation: 1. Install sensors per the installation details and manufacturer's recommendations. Install at locations shown on the drawings. 2. Install electrical connections between irrigation controller and sensors per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Control Wire: 1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. 2. Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90 degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Make wiring loop by turning control wire 5 turns around 1-inch pipe. Coil 24-inch length of wire within each remote control valve box. 3. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. 4. If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 6-inch round valve box. Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices. 5. Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and under PVC mainline pipe. If wire is installed adjacent to section of metal pipe, separate wire from pipe minimum of 6-inches and install wire in PVC conduit. 6. Encase wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe in electrical conduit. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1. Prior to the Pre -Maintenance Review, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the drawings. 02810 - 18 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER August 15, 2002 2. Prior to Final Review, supply to the Owner the spare parts indicated in the _ General Notes on the drawings. B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or — installation details to be part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. 3.11 PROJECT RECORD (As-Buiu) DRAWINGS A. Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded. — B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed -- differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference — dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve, each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each _ wire splice, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box. C. Prior to Final Review, purchase from the Owner's Representative a reproducible mylar copy of the drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information — contained on the project drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing". Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final Review. — 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of Final Review, maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve the most desirable application of water. B. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be _ responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for -- trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage during the landscape maintenance operation. 3.13 CLEAN-UP .. A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish. END OF SECTION 02810 - 19 SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Security fencing as indicated, 2. Rolling gates. 3. Barbed wire. B. Related Sections: 1. Automatic Gate Operators: Section 02828, 2. Concrete: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete, 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for Review: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330 Submittal Procedures. 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of fences and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, accessories, and post foundations. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Chain link fabric and pipe frame material shall comply with standards and specifications of the Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute. 1.04 SEQUENCING Final grading shall be complete before beginning this work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Anchor Fence, Inc./Master Halco; www.fenceonline.com. 2. Accepted substitute. 2.02 EXTERIOR FENCING MATERIALS A. Quality: All steel, including fabric, pipe and fittings shall be first quality, full weight material. All weights and dimensions are nominal. VF 2002-09 02821-1 2.03 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Fabric: No. 9 gauge wire helically wound and woven Into chain link mesh, mesh size to match existing, galvanized after fabrication. Zinc coating by weight not to be less than 1.2 oz. per sq. ft. Wire used In fabric shall be open hearth steel, containing not less than 0.20% copper with a tensile strength of not less than 75,000 lbs. per square inch. Top and — bottom selvage of the fabric shall be knuckled. 2.04 STEEL FENCE FRAMING A. Posts and Rails: ASTM F1083 standard weight (Schedule 40) steel pipe coated with 1.8 ounces per square foot of hot dipped zinc. Post and rail diameters shall match existing, except sizes shall not be less than the following. 1. Line Posts: 2-1 /2" o.d. weighing 3.65 lbs. per ft. 2. Top Rail: 1-5/8" o.d. weighing 2.27 lbs. per ft. provided with 7" long expansion sleeve couplings. 3. Terminal Posts: Provide 3" o.d. weighing 5.79 lbs. per foot at end, comers and pull posts. B. Fence Height: 8 feet to match existing. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Chain Link Fence Accessories: Provide Items required to complete fence system. -- Galvanize each ferrous metal Item and finish to match framing. B. Post Tops: Formed steel or cast malleable Iron weathertight closure cap for tubular posts. Provide one cap for each post. Provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 1. Line Post Tops: Heavy galvanized, cast from eye top fitting to match existing. 2. Terminal Post Tops: Heavy galvanized Iron tops of construction type to match existing. C. Top Rail and Brace Rail Ends: ASTM F626 pressed steel, for connection of rail and brace to terminal posts. D. Top Rail Sleeves: 7 Inch expansion sleeve with spring, allowing for expansion and contraction of top rail. y E. Fabric Ties: No. 9 gauge galvanized steel tie wire for fabric to framework ties. 1. Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces. M 2. Ties to tenslon wire shall be made with 12y2 gauge hog rings. F. Tension Bars: One piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric with a minimum cross section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 Inch or equivalent fiberglass rod. Provide tension bars where chain link fabric meets terminal posts. G. Tension Wire: ASTM F1664, Class 2 b. Thermally fused PVC or polyolefln elastomer applied to metallic coated steel wire. 7 gauge diameter core wire with tensile strength of 75,000 psi. Provide attaching fittings. I VF 2002-09 02821-2 H. Truss Rods and Tightener. Steel rods with minimum diameter of 5/16 inches and capable of resisting a tension of at least 2,000 pounds. Brace Panel Assembly: Brace end and gate posts with top rail material and adjustable 3/8" galvanized truss rod with malleable iron truss tightness. Furnish corner posts with two complete brace panel assemblies. J. Nuts and Bolts: Galvanized. K. Barbed Wire: 12-1 /2 gage wire with 14 gage four -point barbs spaced.5" maximum apart. Provide 3 strands on galvanized, 450 angle brackets. 2.06 GATES Rolling type, single leaf, 30 feet wide, constructed of 2-3/8" od pipe weighing 3.65 lbs. per foot, frames with welded corners. Provide intermediate bracing as required. Fabric filler and framing coating to be same as used in fence. All hardware to be heavy duty, galvanized with lockable latches. 2.07 CONCRETE A. Post Bases: 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Section 03300. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. B. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established. 3.02 LAYOUT A. Install property line fence so no part of the fence foundation projects beyond the property lines, and, in general, the center lines of the fence shall be set back 6" inside the property lines. Determine the exact location of property lines from survey plots and legal descriptions of the property. Guarantee that the fencing is located correctly with respect to property lines and will assume any additional cost that may be required to relocate fencing that may be installed off the Owner's property. B Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical direction of 30 degrees or more. C. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center unless otherwise required to match existing fencing. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Workmanship: Comply with ASTM F567. The complete fence shall be plumb, both in line and transverse to the fence, straight and rigid with fabric tightly stretched and held firmly VF 2002-09 02821-3 in place. Details of construction, not specified, shall be performed in keeping with good standard fencing practice. B. Post Bases: Set all posts in concrete, designed to have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Allow all posts to set at least seven days before top rails, center rails, wire fabric and fittings are Installed. -- 1. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. 2, Line Posts: Set in concrete 30" deep and not less than 10" in diameter with top of concrete domed to drain. 3. Terminal and Gate Posts: Set Into concrete footings 36" deep and a minimum of 12" in diameter, with top of concrete footings domed to drain. 4. Check each post for vertical and top alignment and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. C. Bracing: Install horizontal pipe brace at mld-height for fences 6 feet and over, on each side of terminal posts. Firmly attach with fittings. Install diagonal truss rods at these points. Adjust truss rod, ensuring posts remain plumb. D. Top Rail: Set top rails as nearly parallel to the finish grade as possible and at the specified height of fence. In the case of sloping grades, the top rail shall be sloped uniformly parallel to the finish grade as nearly as possible and In a manner to prevent any abrupt changes in grade at the top rail. Connect Joints with sleeves for rigid connections for expansion and contraction. E. Tension Wire: Provide tension wire at bottom of fabric. Install before stretching fabric and attach to each post with ties. Secure to fabric with hog rings at 24 Inches on center. Fabric: Install on security side and attach so that fabric remains in tension after pulling w force Is released. 1. Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage. 2. Fabric Ties: Attach fabric with wire ties to line posts at 15 Inches on center and to rails, braces and tension wire at 24 inches on center. G. Tension Bands: Provide one fastener for each one foot of fabric height. K. Barbed Wire: Provide 3 strands between 45 degree angled brackets angled one way to _ match existing. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 02821-4 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon ` Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project ' Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) as well as the City of Fort Collins — 1 Engineering Department. j Traffic criteria for the proposed improvements for the site include a 18-kip equivalent daily load application (18-kip EDLA) values of 7 for the transformer storage yard, 10 for automobile parking areas, 20 for heavy duty and/or truck access/loading areas, and 50 for Elm Street based on information contained in the Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards — Pavement Design criteria for a local residential major collector roadway classification. The City of Fort Collins provided Terracon with anticipated loading conditions for the proposed transformer storage yard. Based on the anticipated utilization of transformer being stored in the yard and the quantity and weight of each unit we determined an equivalent comparable traffic loading number for our pavement thickness assessment. 1 11 I J I I I I Local drainage characteristics of proposed pavements areas are considered for vary from fair to good depending upon location on the.Site. For purposes of this design analysis, fair drainage characteristics are considered to control the design. These characteristics, coupled with the approximate duration of saturated subgrade conditions, results in a design drainage coefficient of 0.90 when applying the AASHTO criteria for design. 18-kip ESAL Traffic Reliability, Initial; Terminal Structuret' Designated Area Value,' ESA % Service Service 4. Number , ::ability': ability Transformer Storage 7 51,100 70 4.5 2.0 1.92 Yard Area Automobile Parking 10 73,000 70 4.5 2.0 2.04 Areas Heavy Duty Truck 20 146,000 75 4.5 2.3 2.35 ' Access Areas Elm Street -Residential 50 365,000 85 4.5 2.3 2.24 Collector Using the correlated design R-value of 10 for on -site pavement areas and 22 for off -site areas, such as Elm Street as determined by our laboratory testing for material collected from Test Boring No. 3, appropriate ESAL/day, environmental criteria and other factors, the above structural numbers (SN) of the pavement sections were determined on the basis of the 1993 AASHTO design equation. I SECTION 02828 AUTOMATIC GATE OPERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pedestal mounted card operator. 2. Gate operators. 3. Detector loops. 4. Auxiliary components. B. Related Sections: 1. Asphalt Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Pavement. 2. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Section 03300. 3. Electrical Rough -In and Final Hook -Up: Division 16 Electrical. 4. Chain Unk Gates: Section 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: System shall be a "card in - free out" system located at entrance/exit gate. B. Entrance: Upon entering the entrance lane, the vehicle operator shall use his card to operate the card switch unit. This operation will open the gate to allow entrance. As the vehicle proceeds into the facility, It is sensed by the closing loop which closes the gate after the vehicle has left the detection system. C. Exit: Upon entering the exit lane, the vehicle will be sensed by the opening loop which will open the gate. As the vehicle proceeds out of the facility, it will be sensed by the closing loop which will close the gate after the vehicle has left the detection system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01330. 1. Include equipment wiring diagram and electrical circuitry diagram. 2. Include evidence of the manufacturer's approval of the installer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer, Maintain an approved equipment service center within 100 miles of the project site. The service center shall: 1. Use experienced manufacturer trained personnel. 2. Assume total responsibility for proper installation and operation of all components within the system. B. All Equipment: Provided by the same manufacturer and UL approved. VF 2002-09 02828-1 C. Installer: Worked continuously and successfully with the equipment manufacturer for a minimum of 5 years. 1.05 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's one year warranty for materials and installation In accordance with Section 01780. Warranty shall cover keeping equipment operational. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Acceptable Manufacturers: — 1. Crown Industrial Operators, www.crown-industrial.com. 2. Stanley Electronics. 3. Approved Substitute. ^ B. Equipment Ust: Provide following basic components as Indicated: Eauioment Entrance Exit — Vehicle Detector 1 1 Detector Loops 1 2 Pedestal Mounted Card Operated Entrance Controller 1 — Gate Operators 1 1 C. Gate Operators: Crown Industrial Model 1295 with hand crank for manual operation in case of power failure. 1. Motor: 1/2 HP, 3 phase, 208V. D. Auxiliary Items: Provide auxiliary Items required for the complete proper functioning of — the system including but not limited to heaters, wring, transformers, relays, etc. -- 1. Provide radio operated reversing gate safety edge. E. Operating Conditions: Provide equipment with sufficient Insulation, heating and cooling systems to operate effectively under the following climatic and exposure conditions: Eauloment Minimum Temoerature Maximum Temoerature Operators -20°F. 110°F. F. Keys: Provide the Owner with 2 sets of keys for equipment cabinets. Keys shall be unique to this equipment and not fit any other equipment in the area. G. Cards: As directed by Owner. H. Entrance Controllers: Programmable. VF 2002-09 02828-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Existing Conditions: Inspect setting surfaces, power wiring and conduit installation to verify that they are proper for a satisfactory installation. Reportany unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor. B. Acceptance: Beginning of Installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Provide those responsible for related work with: 1. Installation diagrams and details for setting equipment. 2. Templates and cast -in inserts for setting equipment. 3. Electrical wiring diagrams and details. 4. Electrical power requirements. B. Electrical: Meet with the Division 16 contractor before any rough -in work begins to review the project in relation to the gate opening equipment. Explain details and precautions necessary to assure a proper Installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM START-UP A. General: Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and reviewed shop drawings. B. Adjustment: Program the equipment as necessary to ensure proper operation as specified under System Description in Part 1. Adjust and tune the system as required to assure proper operation. Test all functions. C. Acceptance: System must operate continuously for 5 days with no down time in order to be considered acceptable. 3.04 COMPLETION SERVICES A. Demonstration: Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01800. B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Provide In accordance with Section 01780. Include wiring and electrical circuitry diagrams. 3.05 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE A. Service: Provide maintenance and call-back service of gate operating equipment for a period of one year from the time of final acceptance of the project. Use only original manufacturer's parts for replacements. END OF SECTION VF 2002-09 02828-3 SECTION 02891 POST -MOUNTED SIGNS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Traffic control signs. B. Related Sections: 1. Temporary Project Sign: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Submit catalog cuts, shop drawings, copy layouts, and samples of colors and materials. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of all regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of Americans With Disabilities Act. 3. Comply with applicable regulations of the City of Fort Collins. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS A. Traffic Control Signs: Construct painted traffic control signs of 0.080 inch thickness aluminum. Provide signs painted by a professional sign painter using one coat of primer and two coats of sign paint. 1. Posts: See Civil Engineering Drawings. 2. Accessories: Provide fasteners and accessories for mounting of signage on posts. 3. Size and text of lettering and graphics as indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 SIGNS FOR THE HANDICAPPED A. Comply with requirements of Americans With Disabilities Act and applicable regulations of the City of Fort Collins. B. Handicapped Parking Stall Signs: 1. Required locations: At each parking space reserved for the handicapped. 2. Size: See Drawings. 3. Graphics: Reflective vinyl dye cut international symbol of accessibility and text as indicated on Drawings in Helvetica Medium caps. 4. Colors: As indicated. 5. Construct signs of anodized aluminum mounted on anodized aluminum posts. 6. Center sign at end of parking stall. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Prior to installation of signs, examine the site conditions and the work of others insofar as it affects the work and report immediately in writing to the Architect any conditions which interfere with the installation. 02891-1 B. Begin installing signs only after deficiencies have been corrected in an acceptable manner. C. Commencement of installation implies acceptance of related work performed by others. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install signs level and plumb or as detailed on the Drawings. B. Protective Coating: Coat contacting dissimilar metals with asphaltic compound. C. Sign Posts: Set in concrete as indicated. 1. Traffic Control Signs: Coordinate direction of sign face with Owner prior to setting posts. END OF SECTION 02891-2 8/19/02 CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS Prepared By VF RIPLEY ASSOCIATES 401 West Mountain Ave., Suite 201 Fort Collins, CO 80521 (970) 224-5828 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK SECTION 2900 PLANTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included in this Section: Furnish all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and transportation and perform all operations necessary and incidental to proper execution and completion of all work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. B. Related Work. Specified Under Other Sections: Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work, and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a finished, workmanlike installation. 1.03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FEATURES A. Protect all existing site development including, but not limited to, existing buildings, equipment, underground utilities, walls, walks, roads, materials, trees, etc. Any existing site development damaged by willful or negligent acts of the contractor or any of his employees shall be replaced or repaired at no cost to the owner and in a manner satisfactory to the owner's representative before project acceptance is given. B. The above provision applies to on -site damage as well as to that which may occur to adjacent properties. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 1 C. Until the project has been accepted, erect and maintain shoring, barricades, guards, warning lights and lights as necessary or required for the protection of the public, the work and the workers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Submit duplicate samples and manufacturer's guaranteed analysis of the following items and such other materials as may be required written approval thereof by the owner's representative before beginning fabrication or delivery of material to the project site. Finished work shall match approved samples. a. Soil amendments and mulch materials. ^ b. Tree ties and guying materials. C. Fertilizers. 1.05 ANALYTICAL TESTS Submit 2 copies of an analytical test, performed by certified soil laboratory, demonstrating compliance with these specifications for the composted manure and peat moss. 1.06 INSPECTIONS A. Pre -Planting Inspection: 1. All plant materials must be inspected at the place of growth and/or on the project site before planting commences. Plants shall be inspected for size, variety, condition, defects or injury. The owner's representative reserves the right to reject unsatisfactory plant material at any time during the work. 2. Notify the owner's representative of the source of material no later than - 30 days after award of the contract. 3. All fertilizers, pre -mixed backfill mixes, mulches and soil amendments will be inspected at the site by the owner's representative before they are used in planting operations. B. Planting Inspections: 1. The owner's representative shall inspect the staked location of all trees before digging for those trees occurs. 2. The owner's representative shall inspect container stock with said plants set on the ground at the proposed locations before digging commences. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 2 - C. Pre -Maintenance Inspection: As soon as all planting is completed, a planting review and preliminary inspection to determine the condition of the plantings will be held by the owner's representative upon request of the contractor. 2. The contractor shall have all planting areas free of weeds and neatly cultivated. All plant basins shall be in good repair. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with all heads properly adjusted. All debris and litter shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations. The inspection shall not occur until these conditions are met. 3. If, after the inspection, the owner's representative is of the opinion that all work has been performed as per the contract documents, and that all plant materials are in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the contractor written notice of acceptance. 4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the owner's representative shall be performed within the first ten (10) days of the after the written notice of acceptance. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the contract documents, and shall be made by the contractor at no cost to the owner. D. Final Inspection: At the completion of the installation, a final inspection shall be performed. 2. If, after the final inspection, the owner's representative is of the opinion that all work has been performed as per the contract documents, and that all plant materials are in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the contractor written notice of acceptance. 3. Final approval will not be given until all deficiencies are corrected. 1.07 GUARANTEE A. All trees, shrubs, perennials, and other plant materials except any annuals shall be guaranteed to take root and grow and thrive for a period of 1 year after final acceptance of the work. B. Any trees, shrubs or evergreens that die back and lose the form and size originally specified shall be replaced, even though they have taken root and are growing after the dieback. C. Within 15 days of written notification by the owner, remove and replace all guaranteed plant materials which, for any reason, fail to meet requirement of VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 3 guaranty. Replacement planting for trees shall be done in the spring planting season only, except as approved otherwise. Replacements shall be made to same specifications required for original materials and shall carry the same guaranty from the time they are replaced. PART 2-PRODUCTS - 2.01 TREES AND SHRUBS A. Quantities: Plant material shall be furnished in quantities required to complete work as indicated on the Drawings and shall be of species, kinds, sizes, etc., specified. B. Nomenclatures: Plant names listed on Drawings conform to standardized plant names established by American Join Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature, except that for names not covered therein, the established custom of the nursery trade is followed. - C. Quality: Plants shall be symmetrical and typical for species and variety. Plants - shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, free from disease and insect pests or their _. eggs. All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the Colorado Nursery Act of 1965, Title 35, Article 26, CRS1973. D. Digging, wrapping, and handling: Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment _ in a manner that will not cause damage to branches, shape and future - development after planting. E. Balled and burlapped plants: Shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled ._ with firm, natural balls of soil in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery Act as cited above. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with non -treated burlap, secured with wire or jute. Broken balls will not be accepted. Ponderosa Pine may be field collected with root ball sizes in conformance with the Colorado Nursery Act as cited above. - F. Container grown plants: Shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall have sufficient roots to hold the entire soil mass together after container removal without being root -bound. G. Options as to method: If all other requirements are met, a balled and burlapped plant may be substituted for a container grown plant or field collected plant of the same or larger size at the contractor's option. H. Plant protection: Plants shall be handled so that roots are adequately protected at all times from drying out and from other injury. Protect balls of balled plants, - which cannot be planted within 24 hours from delivery with soil or other suitable material. Where possible, store plants in the shade. Keep all plant roots moist " before, during, and after planting. - W Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 4 Pruning: Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery, except as authorized by the owner's representative. J. Substitutions: Will be allowed only when specified material is proved unavailable and only with approval of the owner's representative. Proposals will be considered for use of nearest equivalent size and variety with the equitable adjustment to the Contract price. K. Size of Conifers: Measure of conifer height shall not include more than fifty (50) percent of this year's vertical growth (top candle). Conifers shall be fully branched to within 12" of ground line. 2.02 SEED Furnish seed mix specified on the Drawings. The wholesale dealer shall mix all seed. The contractor shall furnish the dealer's guaranteed statements of composition of mixture, percentage of purity, germination and maximum weed of each seed mix. 2.03 SEED MIXES New crop seed delivered in original containers, unopened, bearing dealer's warranty analysis. Maximum crop and weed content shall be 0.10% each. Minimum germination rate shall be 85%, with 98% minimum purity. Compensation is to be made for a lesser percentage of purity or germination by furnishing additional seed to equal specified mix. Product comparison shall be made on basis of pure live seed (P.L.S.) in pounds. Formula for determining quantity of PLS shall be: Pounds of Seed x Purity x Germination = PLS EMERALD III TURF TYPE TALL FESCUE (refer to drawings) Species Recommended Lb. PLS/Acre Percent of Mix Mixed Lb. PLS/Acre Southern Comfort 33.33% SR8210 33.33% BRACO 33.34% Total 100% VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 5 3-Symphoricarpos x chenaultii "Hancock" 47 - Ribes alpinum (RA) See attached sheets — Landscape Plan addendum AD-1 and AD-2. 13. SHEET IR-1: a) Addition to Designer's note to read "Contractor shall adjust existing irrigation along east side of parking lot to accommodate new drip irrigation" b) Addition to drip irrigation along east side of parking lot, resulting in the relocation of a flush cap. See attached sheet — Irrigation Design addendum AD-1. 14. SHEET El: a) Addition to flag note 1 shall read ".....bundle cleanly and mark. Over current protective devices shall be rated 20 amperes, minimum." b) Wiring Diagram detail shall read connections shall be by City, not by Utility. c) Wiring Diagram detail note shall read duplex 20A, 125 Volt outlet at pole base. d) Lighting Pole Detail: Description note at top of detail shall include fixture type "B 1" single head on 12" concrete base. e) Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with owner's representative for the removal of existing duplex receptacles mounted at the existing fence that is to be removed along the south of the site. Electrical Contractor shall remove devices, feeders, and conduit back to junction box or panelboard. Turn all demolished equipment over to owner. B. SOILS REPORT: Include as part of this addendum see Geotechnical Enginnering Report May 20,2002. C. FUGUTIVE DUST CONTROL DURING LAND DEVELOPMENT: Include as part of this addendum Fugitive Dust Control During Land Development, August 24,2001. Q' Geotechnical Engineering Report - Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Recommended altematives for flexible and rigid pavements, summarized as follows: Terracon C Aiternatives Recommended Minimum Pavement Thickness'- inches • Traffic - Area Asphalt _ Concrete Surface Grading S ..orSX /lsphalt .Concrete Surface .Grading 'SG A99re9ate : . : Base "Course- Class5 or 6 m` Fly Ash Treated-' Sub Base; • :Portland cement Concrete = Total' Aetual "emus' •: ,Required=.. • Sra ai A 3.0 6.0 9.0 1.9811.92 m B 2.0 3.0 5 2.2011.92 Trans- former 14 C - - - - - Yard im D is E 5 5 NIA m A 3-112 6.0 9 2.2012.04 m B 2-.0 3.0 5 2.2012.04 Auto- Mobile (4) C - - - - - Parking (5) E 5.112 5-1/2 N/A (2) A 4.0 6.0 10 2.4212.35 Heavy. (3) B 2.5 3.0 5-112 2.4212.35 Duty &lor Truck (4) C 3.0 6.0 12.0 21.0 3.1812.35 Access ni D 1 2.0 3.0 12.0 170 3.40I2.35 0) E 6 6 NIA m A 2.0 3.0 6.0 11.0 2.86/2.22 m B 2.5 3.0 55 2.4212.22 Elm Street (4) C 2.0 3.0 6.0 12.0 23.0 4.061222 ni D 2.0 3.0 12.0 170 3.4012.22 tst E - 7.0 7.0 NIA (1) If flyash is utilized for portions of the proposed roadway construction and considered as part of the strength coefficient equation, it is recommended that the upper 12-inches of the 1 subgrade be treated with flyash. Terracon used a strength coefficient value of 0.10 for the required minimum thickness of 12-inches, which results in a total strength value of 1.2 in the pavement thickness formula. Using a minimum thickness of 12-inches of flyash treated subgrade will reduce the required asphalt thickness by approximately 2-3/4- inches. However, in this case the required minimum asphalt pavement thickness in accordance with the City of Fort Collins - Engineering Departments Pavement Design Criteria for a residential collector is 5-inches, which takes precedent in the pavement thickness sections. Therefore no reduction may be provided and the use of flyash may i! not be economical, unless needed for subgrade stabilization. Flyash, where utilized, J. _ i 9 NATIVE DRYLAND PASTURE SEED (refer to drawings) Species Recommended LB. PLS/Acre Percent of Mix Mixed Lb. PLS/Acre Intermediate Wheatgrass 30% Smooth Brome 20% Crested Wheatgrass 10% Pubescent Wheatgrass 10% Orchard Grass 10% Perennial R e rass 10% Total 100% NATIVE UPLAND SEED MIX TO WETLAND MITIGATION ARPAR /rafar fn rirawinnal Species Percent of Mix Mixed Lb. PLS/Acre Western Wheat 25% 5.0 Side Oats Grama 20% 2.5 Blue Grams. 20% 1.0 Buffalo Grass 20% 8.0 Sheep Fescue 7.5% 0.1 Sand Dropseed 7.5% 0.1 Total 100% 17.1 Source for all seed: Sharp Brothers Seed Co., 101 E. 4'" St. Rd., Greeley, CO ( 970) 356-4710. 2.04 SOD A. Source: Commercial sod nursery; obtain the owner's representative's approval prior to delivery to site. B. Quality: Emerald III Turf Type Tall Fescue Sod. Sod shall be healthy, field -grown sod, at least one year old, free from other grasses, weeds, insect eggs, diseases, stone and debris. Sod shall be a minimum of 3/4" thick, harvested in rolls and delivered to the site within 24 hours of harvesting. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 6 C. Protection: Handle sod so that it is adequately protected at all times from drying out, exposure of roots to sun, and from other injury. 2.05 SOIL AMENDMENTS / FERTILIZERS / MULCHES A. Composted Manure: Composted dairy cow or sheep manure: Free from lumps, stones, or other foreign matter. Free from mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life. Manure that has received treatment with a bacterial enzyme culture raising the manure temperature to 145 degrees minimum for 3 weeks minimum, aged at least 18 months, yielding a soil amendment with the following properties: Organic Matter: 35 - 40% (oven -dry basis) Total Nitrogen: 1.6 - 2.0% Conductivity: 50.0 EC's (max) PH: 7.5 to 8.5 Submit analysis as required by 1.04 B. Peat Moss: Free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Free from mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life. Acid reaction of 3 to 5 pH. Shall contain no less than 60% organic matter by weight on an oven -dry basis. Submit analysis as required by 1.04. C. Top Soil: On -site topsoil (located in stockpile on -site) for use in backfill mix. D. Fertilizers: Tablets for tree and shrub planting - "The Pill" by Agriform with 20-10-5 analysis, 21 gram size. 2. Fertilizers for grass (sod), shrub, and tree planting shall be commercial type of uniform composition, free flowing, and conforming to the applicable State and Federal laws. Submit manufacturer's guaranteed analysis as required in 1.03. Guaranteed analysis shall be designed to conform with amendment requirements given in Part 3, "Execution." E. Mulch: Gravel Mulch: River washed gravel, 1-1/2" nominal size (7/8" to 1-1/2" size range). Approximately 35% fractured faces minimum. Acceptable colors: gray, tan, and no pink. Submit sample for approval. 2. Bark Mulch: Shredded cedar bark mulch. Bark Mulch must be approved by Landscape Architect prior to installation. Submit sample for approval. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 7 3. Straw Mulch: Straw mulching shall consist of straw of oats, barley, wheat, or rye, and shall not consist of noxious weeds. Straw in such an advanced stage of decomposition as to smother or retard the normal growth of grass will not be accepted. Old straw which breaks in the crimping process in lieu of bending will not be accepted. F. Weed Barrier: Shall be Mirafi 140, Dewitt, Typar, or similar product approved by Architect. 2.06 MATERIALS FOR STAKING AND GUYING A. Stakes: Metal T-posts painted dark green or black. B. Ties: Fabric: Nylon or rubberized cloth straps, 2" x length required. C. Tree Guys: 1. Anchors: Metal T-posts, 2 feet long. 2. Wires: Galvanized 12-gauge wire. 3. Hose Collars: Fabric reinforced rubber hose: collar diameter. 4. -Cable Clamps: Galvanized. 5. Turnbuckles: 6" in open aluminum turnbuckle; eye and fittings 5/6' in diameter; 4-14° take-up. 2.07 STEEL EDGING Galvanized steel header 1/8-inch x 4-inch with 12-inch long galvanized pins. Ryerson steel edging or equal with safety cap. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Inspection: Examine the substrate in which the work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Dimensions: All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and immediately inform the owner's representative of any discrepancy between the drawings and/or specifications and actual conditions. C. Coordination: Coordinate work with other trades to insure proper sequencing of construction. 3.02 SOIL PREPARATION A. Grades have been established under work of another Section to within I". olus or minus, of required finished grades. Verify that grades are within 1" plus or minus, of required finished grades. Notify the owner's representative prior to commencing soil preparation work if existing grades are not satisfactory, or assume responsibility for conditions as they exist. B. Weed and debris removal: All ground areas to be planted shall be cleaned of all weeds and debris prior to any soil preparation or grading work. Weeds and debris shall be disposed of off the site. C. Contaminated soil: Do not perform any soil preparation work in areas where soil is contaminated with cement, plaster, paint or other construction debris. Bring such areas to the attention of the owner's represetative and do not proceed until the contaminated soil is removed and replaced. Soil contaminated by chemical herbicides in parking area islands and plant areas shall be removed to a depth of 12" and replaced with soil. D. Moisture Content: Soil shall not be worked when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods will not break readily. Water shall be applied, if necessary, to bring soil to an optimum moisture content for tilling and planting. E. Soil Loosening: Soil in all planting areas shall be ripped or cultivated to a depth of six (60) inches. Water shall be added and ripping or cultivating shall be continued until the entire specified depth is loose and friable. All debris, pavement, concrete, and rocks over 2" in diameter shall be removed from the site. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 9 3.03 SOIL CONDITIONING After soil preparation has been completed and high and low spots graded, add 3 cubic yards of composted manure per 1,000 square feet and rototill, making repeated passes with the cultivator to the depth specified until the amendments have been thoroughly mixed. 3.04 FINE GRADING When weeding, soil preparation, and soil conditioning have been completed and soil has _ been thoroughly water settled, all planting areas should be smooth -graded, ready for placement of plant materials and for seeding and/or sodding. A. Grades: Finish grades shall conform to site grading plans and produce a smooth even surface without abrupt changes. Minor adjustments of finish grades shall be made at the direction of the owner's representative, if required. B. Drainage: All grades shall provide for natural runoff of water without low spots or pockets. Flow -line grades shall be accurately set and shall not be less than 2% — gradient wherever possible. C. Shrub Areas: Finished grades shall be 1-1/2" below top of adjacent pavement, ` edging, curbs, or wall, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. _ D. Lawn Areas: Finished grade shall be 3/4" below top of adjacent pavement, curbs, — or edging. E. Slopes: Tops and toes of all slopes shall be rounded to produce a gradual and natural -appearing transition between relatively level areas and slopes. 3.05 SEEDING — A. Seed shall be drill seeded by means of mechanical powerdrawn drill seeders. - Seed at the rates specified on the drawings. Seed in two passes. Half the seed — shall be sown with the seeder moving at right angles to the first sowing. Provisions shall be made with markers or other means to assure that the — successive seeded strips will overlap or be separated by a space no greater than the space between the rows planted in a single pass by the equipment being used. Do not seed during windy weather. — B. In areas inaccessible to a drill seeder, seed shall be broadcast by approved equipment in two opposite directions. Broadcast seeding shall not be done during windy weather. Rake in seed after broadcasting. l� VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 10 3.06 LAYING SOD A. Apply controlled release fertilizer to the sod bed at the rate of 20 pounds per 1000 square feet of area. Roll the area to an evenly compacted firm soil bed. Scarify surface to a depth of 318". B. Moisten sod bed thoroughly. Lay sod smoothly, edge to edge, and with staggered joints. Butt edges tightly. Lay within eight hours after delivery. Do not lay sod closer than 24" from the center of shrubs and 12" from the trunks of trees. C. Water sod lightly as laying progresses to prevent drying of sod. D. After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly so that water penetrates soil to a depth of 6". When surface of grass has dried, roll sod with a light roller diagonally, leveling irregularities and sealing joints. 3.07 TREE, SHRUB AND WILLOW STAKE PLANTING. A. Planting Pits: Locate planting holes per planting plans bringing any conflict with underground utility lines to the attention of the owner's representative. Locations for holes shall be according to 1.06B, "Planting Inspections." 2. Excavate holes to be the same depth as the root ball and two times the diameter of the root ball wide. 3. The sides of the holes shall be roughened to remove any compacting or "glazing" caused by the digging operation. The bottom of the hole shall be loosened to a minimum depth of six (6") inches. Mix loosened soil with specified backf Ill to blend soil types. 4. Fill the entire hole with water and allow to drain completely. Contractor should notify owner's representative if a pit does not drain in a satisfactory time, then contractor should correct drainage problem by using a PVC drain or a gravel sump shall be installed. 5. Dispose of excavated soil off the site at no cost to the owner. B. Backfilling - Tree and shrub planting pits shall be backfilled with the following mix: 1. 80% on -site topsoil by volume (from owner's stockpile). 2. 20% peat moss by volume. 3. Five (5) pounds bone meal per cubic yard of backfill. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 11 The specified backfill materials shall be pre -mixed, then turned several times with a front end loader to a uniform, evenly blended consistency, free of all pockets of unblended material and any clods or stones greater than two (2") inches in diameter. Backfill mix shall be delivered to each planting pit after mixing has occurred. Pre -mixed backfill mix shall be inspected per 1.06A, "Pre -Planting Inspections.' C. Planting: General - Do not install plant materials until all construction work has been completed and sprinkler systems have been installed and tested. Planting areas shall have been graded and prepared as herein specified and shall have been approved by the owner's representative. 2. Carefully remove stock from containers to avoid breaking the root ball. Do not lift or handle container plants by tops, stems, or trunks at any time. 3. Plant conifers so that the top of the ball is higher than ground level and cover with 1/2" of conditioned soil, gently sloping down to ground level. All other plants shall be set so that, when settled the natural grade in the container or the top of the soil ball will be flush with surrounding grades. 4. Build a four (4") inch high berm around edge of root ball to form a basin for holding water (omit for all conifers). Do not form a basin for trees planted in lawn areas. Fill basin with water, being careful not to break down berm with hose stream. — 5. Fertilize trees and shrubs by placing 21 gram fertilizer tablets three (3") inches laterally and three (3") inches top of root ball as follows: 1 for 1- _ gallon containers, 3 for 5-gallon containers and 5 for balled and burlapped material. 6. Untie and lay back burlap from root ball on balled and burlapped material. Remove wire baskets from sides of root balls. 7. Backfill one-half (1/2) of remaining hole with backfill mixture and water in thoroughly before placing any more backfill, firming down to eliminate all -- air pockets without packing the soil. 8. All plants shall be planted immediately after the containers are cut, and containers shall be regularly removed from the site so as not to present a hazard to persons using the area. VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center r Page 12 9. Willow stakes — Install plants at spacing indicated on the drawings. Plant in staggered rows, evenly spaced. Dig holes large enough to allow for spreading of roots. Place plants to root system lies free without doubling. Plant stakes to a minimum depth of six (6") inches into the ground. Firm soil around roots to eliminate air pockets. Broadcast controlled release fertilizer over the entire planting area at the rate of 20 pounds per 1000 square feet of area. 3.08 EDGING A. Steel edging shall be installed prior to installation of sprinklers adjacent thereto. B. Install edging true to line and grade as indicated and detailed on the drawings. Edging shall be set flush with adjacent paving. C. Top of edging shall be 3/4" above sod grade. 3.09 MULCHING A. All shrub beds shall be mulched with a three inch (3") layer of specified mulch. as shown on the drawings. B. All trees in turf areas shall have a 3' diameter woodbark mulch ring at the base of the tree. Woodbark mulch to be four inch (4") layer. C. Following soil preparation and seeding, seeded areas shall be mulched with straw. It shall be applied at the rate of 2 tons per acre, and shall be crimped in with a crimper or other approved equipment. Hand crimping operations shall be employed on such areas where excessive slopes or confined spaces would cause unsatisfactory crimping to result. 3.10 TREE STAKING AND GUYING A. All evergreen trees are to be guyed in a true vertical position according to. construction details. B. Double stake all trees up to and including 2-1/2" caliper. Set stakes plumb and at right angles to the prevailing wind. Securely nail or bolt rubber straps to stakes: leave straps loose enough to allow a minimum of 3" lateral movement. END OF SECTION VF Ripley Associates Planting Specifications Utility Service Center Page 13 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete. 2. Formwork accessories. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Cast -in Items such as Angles, Plates, Pipe Rail Sleeves, Anchor Bolts. Etc.: Supplied under Section 05500. C. Related Sections: 1. Layout: Section 01722 Field Engineering 2. Exterior Concrete: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement and 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 3. Steel Reinforcement and Accessories: Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Concrete and Flatwork Screeds: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: See Section 01423. 1. ACI 117-90 Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. , ACI 301-96 Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. B. Comply with listed reference standards except as modified by supplemental requirements on the Drawings or by these specifications. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Safety: Assume responsibility for satety of formwork and provide necessary design, construction, materials and maintenance to produce required concrete work safely. B. Vertical Formwork: Design formwork to withstand pressure resulting from placement and vibration of fresh concrete and to maintain specified tolerances. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Form -Facing Materials: 1. Footings and other non -exposed concrete: Plywood. steel or dressed lumber. 2. Exposed Walls and Piers: One of the following a. New APA B-B Plyform Class 1 Ext 4x 8 sheets b. Tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard. B. Chamfer Strips: Chamfer Strips: One inch, 450job cut wood or one inch 450 PVC for unexposed surfaces. Use PVC for exposed surfaces. 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Adjustable in length to permit tightening of forms and of type to leave no metal closer than one inch of surface nor holes or depressions larger than 718' in diameter. 1. Exposed Concrete: Bar break back type with break -off point minimum of 1-112" behind face of concrete. No cones. 03100-1 B. Clamps, Brackets, Braces, Washers, Wedges, Walers, Etc.: Contractor's option. C. Shoring System: Contractor's option. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Form Oil: Non -staining. Contractor's option. B. Slab Edge and Expansion Joint Premolded Filler: Bituminous fiber type complying with ASTM DI 751. Thickness as indicated by full depth of slab. C. Slab Construction Joint Forms: Burke Keyed Kold, Superior John Load Key Joint or approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Provide strippable vinyl insert at joints to receive sealant specified in Section 07920. D. Slab Control Joint Forms: Demay Equipment and Supply Co., Inc. Zip strip with red zip top or Burke Zipstrip. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Foundation Bearing Surfaces: Inspected and approved by Geotechnical Engineer prior to start of formwork. B. Formwork: Provide ample notice to Architect to allow for review of formwork surfaces that will provide finish surface of exposed concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Layout: See Section 01722. B. Subgrade Under Slabs and Footings: Fine grade to smooth, level surface prior to installation of forms. 3.03 ERECTION A. Construction and Erection: ACI 301. 1. Lap Forming: Not allowed. 2. Provide forms conforming to shape, lines and dimensions of members indicated on Drawings, substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 3. Properly brace or tie to maintain position, shape and lateral stability. 4. Clearly mark top surface of concrete on form walls. Set elevations and verify formwork locations and alignment using surveying instruments in accordance with Section 01722. a. Make required adjustments prior to concrete placement. B. Tolerances: ACI 117. C. Footings: - 1. Use of earth as form not allowed. " 2. Butt form material end to end. 3. Close gaps greater than 3/4 inches between bottom of forms and soil surfaces at isolated over - excavated depressions. D. Walls: - 1. Use of earth as form not allowed. 2. Provide sufficient strength to carry construction operations and material dead loads without deflection or vibration. 3. Design forms to be capable of needed adjustments. Watch carefully as work proceeds and promptly correct faults. .. 4. Where finished concrete will remain exposed, space joints regularly and hold to minimum both w 03100-2 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado " Project No. 20025065 should be placed in general accordance with the standard of industry for placement procedures. Terracon is available to provide the required laboratory soil and flyash mix design as well as placement recommendations upon request. (2) Alternative A: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of asphalt concrete surface material, Grading S, SX and SG, underlain by Class 5 or 6 aggregate road base material. (3) Alternative 8: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of full -depth asphalt concrete surface material, Grading S or SX, underlain by asphalt concrete surface material, Grading SG. J (4) Alternative C: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of asphalt concrete surface material, Grading S, SX and SG, underlain by a minimum of 6-inches of Class 5 3 or 6 aggregate road base material, and a minimum of 12-inches of flyash treated subgrade. 1 (5) Alternative D: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of full -depth asphalt j concrete surface material, Grading S or SX, underlain by asphalt concrete surface material, Grading SG and a minimum of 12-inches of flyash treated subgrade (6) Alternative E: Provides the minimum required pavement thicknesses for use of Portland Cement Concrete pavement. Each alternative should be investigated with respect to current material availability and economic conditions. Aggregate base course (if used on the site) should consist of a blend of sand and gravel, which meets strict specifications for quality and gradation. Use of materials meeting Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Class 5 or 6 specifications is recommended for base course. Aggregate base course should be placed in lifts not "j exceeding six inches and should be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor 1 Density (ASTM D698). Asphalt concrete pavement should be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler and additives, if required, and approved bituminous material. The asphalt concrete should conform to approved mix designs stating the Hveem and/or SuperPave properties, optimum asphalt content, job mix formula and recommended mixing and placing temperatures. Aggregate used in the asphalt concrete should meet particular gradations, such as the Colorado Department of Transportation Grading S, SX or SG specifications. Mix designs should be submitted prior to construction to verify their adequacy. Asphalt material should be placed in maximum 3-inch lifts and should be compacted within a range of 92 to 96 % of Maximum Theoretical Density. Where rigid pavements are used, the concrete should be obtained from an approved mix ry design with the following minimum properties: 1 10 horizontally and vertically. 5. Provide access panels in formwork for cleanout or placing as required. Embeds: 1. Anchors, Inserts, Blockouts and Built-in Items: Securely fasten anchor bolts, inserts, form blockouts and other items built into concrete to formwork or hold in place with templates. Insertion into concrete after pouring not allowed. F. Chamfer Strips: Install strips at exposed outside corners. 1. Securely nail within forms using finish nails. 2. Chamfer exposed vertical exterior corners of concrete one inch unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 JOINTS A. General: 1. Use construction joints at temporary stopping of concrete placement or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Submit locations of joints desired for construction to Architect for acceptance. 3. Leave joints in reinforced structural members rough and provide longitudinal or vertical keys as indicated at least 1-1/2" deep. B. Slabs on Grade: 1. Locate construction joints and control joints as indicated on Drawings. a. Panels: Not larger than 144 square feet nor longer than 12 feet in any direction. b. Center a construction or control joint on each column line unless indicated otherwise. 2. Place joint forms in straight line flush with finished surface and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Wire bottom alignment slots and bottom of key to metal support stakes. 4. Sawed joints may be substituted for joint forms at contraction joints. a. Provide sawed joints 1/4" of slab thickness in depth. b. Time joint sawing properly with setting of concrete. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses have developed sufficiently to induce cracking. 3.05 FORM COATING A. Coating: 1. Coat surface of formwork prior to each pour. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Apply coating prior to placing of reinforcement. 4. Promptly remove excess coating material. 5. Remove coatings of dust from contact surfaces of forms prior to depositing concrete. 3.06 REMOVAL A. Removal: Remove forms only in manner to insure safety of structure. B. Timing: 1. Generally. forms maybe removed from: a. Vertical Surfaces: After 24 hours from time of placing. b. Horizontal Surfaces: After 72 hours from time of placing. Unless otherwise specified under Cold Weather in Section 03300. 3.07 REUSE A. Forms: Clean form material suitable for reuse before erection. Form material will not be acceptable for reuse, if in opinion of the Architect, it will not produce finished surface required by these specifications or called for on Drawings. END OF SECTION 03100-3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforcing bars for cast -in -place concrete. 2. Welded wire fabric for cast -in -place concrete. B. Related Sections: 1. Exterior Concrete: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement and 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 2. Formwork: Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories. 3. Concrete: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: See Section 01423, 1. ACI 117-90- Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301-96 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI Detailing Manual (5P66), 1994 edition. 4. ACI 318-95 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. Parts 2 and 3. 5. MSP-1-97 - Manual of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 6. ANSI/AWS DI .4-98 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. B. Comply with listed reference standards except as modified by supplemental requirements on the Drawings or by these Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01330. 1. Indicate size, configuration, pertinent dimensions, number, exact position, and spacing of reinforcement and exact location of openings, framing, and special conditions affecting work. 2. All shop drawings shall be original drawings produced by the subcontractor or supplier and shall not be reproductions of the contract documents. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. B. Reinforcing Steel: Unload and store reinforcing steel to keep clean. Store on timber skids while awaiting use. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A6 15, Grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Stirrups and Closed Ties: ASTM A61 5, Grade 40 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bars to be Welded: ASTM A706. 3. Masonry Reinforcement: ASTM A61 5, Grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM At85. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: No. 14 or No. 16 gauge, black, soft iron wire. B. Wire Bar Supports and Spacers: Comply with CRSI MSP-1. Provide rigid support and 03200-1 clearances required in footings, wails, columns and flatwork. 1. Against exterior exposed surfaces: Class 1, plastic protected. 2. Supported on Soil: Class 3. Provide earth -bearing plates. _ C. Precast Concrete Bar Supports: Comply with CRSI MSP-1. 1. Locations: Use to support foundation mats and reinforcing bars in slabs -on -grade only. 2. Types: Provide plain for single mats, doweled for double mats. 3. Sizes: — a. Depth: Sized to provide exact clearances indicated. b. Width and Length: 2" minimum, 6" maximum. — D. All -Plastic Bar Supports: Not allowed for slabs and flatwork. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Reinforcement: Provide minimum 48 hour notice to Architect to allow for review of completed _ concrete reinforcement before placing concrete. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with General Notes on Structural Drawings and ACI 318. B. Bending: _ 1. Bend reinforcement cold. 2. Provide full length bars, accurately bent to details. 3. Do not field bend bars partially embedded in concrete except as indicated on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Architect. C. Placing: 1. Place reinforcement accurately and hold firmly in place before and during the placing of concrete. 2. Provide minimum concrete protective cover for reinforcement from the exterior face of members in accordance with ACI 318 and notes on Drawings. 3. Provide bar supports and spacers to place bars in the proper location and wire adequately at intersections to hold bars firmly in position while concrete is placed. 4. Project dowels adequately to provide Class B splice unless otherwise indicated. Wire bent dowels in place before pouring. . 5. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117. D. Supports and Spacers: 1. Provide supports properly spaced and with sufficient strength to carry loads of reinforcing steel and deposited concrete without collapsing or allowing bars to sag. 2. Provide plastic coated or stainless steel protected bar supports and spacers where they will be in contact with concrete surfaces exposed to weather. 3. Do not use bar supports to support runways for concrete buggies or similar loads. 4. Brickbats or precast blocks used to support mats of bars only with acceptance of Architect. E. Lap Splicing: " 1. Wherever it is necessary to splice reinforcement other than as Indicated on Drawings, character of splice shall be accepted by Architect on basis of stress in reinforcement at splice. 2. Do not splice at points of maximum stress nor splice adjacent bars at same point. 3. Where spliced, lap continuous bars 36 diameters, but not less than 18 inches unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. F. Welded Connections: Comply with ANSI/AWS DI .4. Undercut bars are subject to rejection. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL " A. Inspection: See Section 01450 Quality Control. w 03200-2 r 1. Notify independent testing agency inspector at least 48 hours before reinforcing steel installation is ready for inspection. 2. Coordinate scheduling of placement of concrete under Section 03300 to allow sufficient time for independent testing agency inspector's observations of completed installation and for making any necessary adjustments to the reinforcing placement before delivery of concrete. 3. For walls above 4 feet in height. notify independent testing agency inspector in time to allow his observation of reinforcing before buttoning up of forms. B. Special Inspection: See Section 01450 Quality Control. Special Inspection is required for the following work under this Section. 1. Placement of reinforcing steel for concrete requiring special inspection. See General Notes on Structural Drawings. 2. Welding of reinforcing steel. 3.04 CLEANING A. Reinforcement: Clean prior to placing concrete to remove oil, soil, ice or other coatings that will destroy or reduce bond. END OF SECTION 03200.3 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed cast -in -place concrete. 2. Concrete flatwork. 3. Miscellaneous concrete. B. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Concrete for Sitework for Section 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 2. Concrete for Vehicular Paving for Section 02750 Rigid Pavement. C. Related Requirements: 1. Testing: Section 01450 Quality Control. 2. Quality Control: Section 01450. D. Related Sections: 1. Formwork: Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories. 2. Reinforcement: Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with following except as modified by supplementary requirements of this project specification. 1. ACI 117-90 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301-96- Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 306.1-90- Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 308.1-98- Standard Specification for Curing Concrete 4. ACI 318-95 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, Parts 2 and 3. 5. ACI 503.2-92 - Standard Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi -Component Epoxy Adhesive. 6. ASTM C94-96 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C494-92 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. B. Guide References and Standard Practices: 1. ACI 211 .5R - 96-Guide for Submittal of Concrete Proportions. 2. ACI 305R-9 1 - Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 309R-96- Guide for Consolidation of Concrete C. Field References: Keep at least one (1) copy of ACI 301 on site at all times. Other reference standards listed above shall be kept on site when directed by Architect or Engineer. 1.03 SUBMITALS A. Mix Designs: Not less than two (2) weeks prior to placing any concrete, submit concrete mixes for acceptance in accorde.nce with Product Data provisions of Section 01330 and AC1211.5R. 1. Submit manufacturers data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials including admixtures with specified requirements. 2. Submit separate mix design for each concrete mix type to be used in project. Include following: a. Mix identification designation. b. Statement of intended use for mix. C. Mix proportions including admixtures. d. Wet and dry unit weight. e. Entrained air content. 03300-1 I. Design slump. g. Design compressive strength h. Water/cementitious materials ratio I. Aggregate Source j. Strength qualification data. 3. Strength Qualification Data: a. Submit required average strength quallfication data and documentation per ACI 301 4.2.3. - b. If trial batches are used to qualify average strength, mix design shall be preparE3d by an independent testing laboratory and shall achieve average compression strength a minimum of 1200 psi greater than specified strength with slump within one inch of maximum permitted and air content within 0.5% of maximum allowable. C. If field test data is used to qualify average strength. submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project including copies of concrete testing agency s reports from which data was compiled. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: All testing will be conducted by approved testing laboratory. See Field Quality — Control - Part 3 and Section 01450. 1. Test Reports: Reports of control tests, special tests and core tests specified under Field Quality Control in Part 3 shall be distributed by independent testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450. B. Source Quality Control: Architect shall be offered uninterrupted access to ready -mix batching plant while work is in progress. C. Record of Work: Keep record listing time, location and date of placement of concrete for structure. " Keep such record until completion of project and make available to Architect for examination at any time. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Materials handling and batching shall conform to applicable provisions of ASTM C94. B. Hauling Time: Discharge concrete transmitted in truck mixer, agitator or other transportation device within 1-1/2 hours after mixing water has been added. _ C. Extra Water: 1. Deliver concrete to site in exact quantities required by design mix. 2. Should extra water be required for workability before depositing concrete and water/cement ratio of accepted mix design will not be exceeded, General Contractor's superintendent shall have sole authority to authorize addition of water. Any additional water added to mix after _ leaving batch plant shall be indicated on truck ticket and signed by person responsible. 3. Where extra water is added to concrete it shall be mixed thoroughly for 50 revolutions of drum before depositing. ti 4. Water may be added at the site only once for each batch. D. Redosage with High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): May be done with prior acceptance of Architect regarding dosage and time periods. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Cold Weather Placement: -� a. When for three successive days prior to concrete placement the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40OF or when the average outdoor temperature is expected to drop below 40OF on the day of concrete placement, preparation, protection and curing of concrete shall comply with ACI 306.1. 03300-2 b. Minimum temperature of concrete upon delivery shall conform to ACI 301 4.2.2.7. Concrete temperature at placement shall conform to minimum values of ACI 306.1 Table 3.2.1, and shall not exceed minimum values by more than 20°F. C. Subject to acceptance of Architect, an accelerating admixture may be used. Admixtures shall meet requirements of Part 2. Calcium Chloride and other chloride -type accelerating admixtures will not be allowed. d. Subject to acceptance of Architect, Contractor may substitute cement for equal weight of fly ash in design mix. e. Comply with concrete protection temperature requirements of ACI 306.1. Record concrete temperatures during specified protection period at intervals not to exceed 16 hours and no less than twice during any 24 hour period. I. Submittal of detailed procedures, means, and methods for production, transportation, placement, protection, curing, and temperature monitoring of concrete during cold weather is not required. 2. Hot Weather Placement: a. When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI 305R. b. Temperature of concrete at time of placement shall not exceed 850F. C. When air temperatures on day of placement are expected to exceed 900F, mix ingredients shall be cooled before mixing. Flake ice or well -crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of mix water. d. Retarding Admixture may be used subject to acceptance of Architects Admixtures shall meet requirements of Part 2. e. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. 3. Unless adequate protection is provided, concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet, or snow. Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the mixing water nor to damage the surface finish. 1.07 SCHEDULING A. Flatwork: Schedule concrete placement to occur immediately following installation of granular protection layer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ACI 301: Provide materials in accordance with ACI 301, paragraphs as listed, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this section or general notes on Structural Drawings. B. Concrete Materials: ACI 301 4.2.1. 1. Ready -mixed Concrete: ASTM C94. On -site mixed concrete not allowed. 2. Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1111. 3. Fly ash will be allowed as a cementitious component of the mix unless otherwise indicated under concrete mix types.. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM 06 18 Class C or F. Fly ash shall not exceed 20% of total cementitious material by weight. 4. Aggregate: ASTM C33, obtained from same source throughout project: a. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand. b. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone containing no deleterious substances which cause surface spalling. 5. Water: Potable. 6. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM C260 7. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A: a. Eagle Admixtures Conad N. b. Euclid Eucon WR-75, WR-89, or WR-9 1. C. Master Builders Pozzolith 200. d. Prokrete Industries Prokrete-N. e. Sika Plastocrete 161. f. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 8. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer):ASTM C494, Type F or G: 03300-3 a. Euclid Eucon 37 or 537. b. Sika Sikament 300. C. Master Builders Rheobuild 1000. e. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 9. Non -Corrosive, Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494. Type C or E, containing not more chloride ions than present in municipal drinking water and with long term test data from independent testing laboratory providing non -corrosive effect on reinforcing steel: a. Euclid Accelguard 80 or 90. b. W.R. Grace Daraset. c. Sika Plastocrete 161 FL. d. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing more than 0.10 percent chloride ions or sodium thiocyanates not allowed. 10. Water -Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D: - a. Euclid Eucon Retarder 75 b. W.R. Grace Daratard-17 c. Sika Plastocrete 161 R d. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. C. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Curing Compound - Vertical Surfaces: ASTM C309. 2.02 ADHESIVES AND BONDING COMPOUNDS A. Epoxy Adhesives for Use in All Structural Repairs: Two component. 100% solids, 100% y reactive compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces and comply with ASTM - C881. 1. Euclid Euco Epoxy 452 or 620. 2. Sika Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod or Armatec 110. 3. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Where epoxy injection procedures are used, use low viscosity epoxy made by one of above manufacturers. 2.03 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Reference Standards: ACI 301 Section 4, and ACI 318, Chapter 4. B. Design: Conform to General Notes on Structural Drawings. Proportion ingredients for mixes in _ accordance with ACI 301 4.2.2 and 4.2.3. 1. Should Contractor require special mix due to structural requirements, weather or materials, „ submit samples of cement and aggregate to be used to approved testing laboratory. Testing laboratory will make analysis of materials and design proper mix to be used. C. Durability: Conform to ACI 301 4.2.2 and ACI 318 Chapter 4 as modified herein. 1. Concrete Exposed to Weather or Freeze -Thaw Including Paving, Site Work and Exterior Slabs: Meet requirements of ACI 301 and 318 Tables 4.2.2 and 4.2.3 except that concrete shall have a water -cement ratio not exceeding 0.45. 2. Calculation of Water-cementitious material ratios: Water includes free surface moisture on aggregates and liquid admixture. D. Slump: Design concrete mixes to provide slumps indicated under mix type. 1. Concrete Containing High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Slump of 2-3" upon arrival at site, maximum slump of 8" after addition of superplasticizer. 2. Other Concrete: Maximum 4 inches plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Design slump of fiber reinforced concrete shall be the slump prior to addition of fibers. E. Water/Cementitious Material Ratio: Provide concrete with following water/cementitious '- material ratios: 1. Concrete Subject to Freezing/Thawing: Maximum 0.45. 03300-4 1. 2. Other Concrete: Comply with Structural General Notes on Drawings. Water includes free surface moisture on aggregates and liquid admixture. F. Concrete for Floors: Conform to ACI 301 4.2.2.1. G. Ad mixtures: 1. General: No admixtures will be allowed except as specified herein unless authorized by the Architect. All requests for approval or substitution must be made by the General Contractor and be accompanied by sufficient information and test data for evaluation. 2. All admixtures shall be chemically compatible with cementitious materials and all other admixtures used in the mix. 3. All admixtures shall be chloride free. No calcium chloride shall be added to concrete. H. Chloride Ions: Maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration in concrete mix shall not exceed 0.15 percent by weight of cementitious materials. Mixing: Add aggregate and approximately two-thirds of required water to mixer first and mix minimum of 70 revolutions at mixing speed to ensure wetting of all aggregate particles, then add cement, air entraining agent and remaining water and mix minimum of 30 revolutions at mixing speed. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX TYPES A. Concrete Mixes: Mix A - For Footings and Walls: 3000 psi minimum compressive strength at age of 28 days. Type 1/11 Cement minimum of 490 pounds cementitious material per cubic yard. One Inch Maximum Aggregate Size. No air entraining admixture. 4 Inch (8 Inches with Superplasticizer) Maximum Slump. Mix B - For Sidewalks, Concrete Paving and Other Exterior Concrete: 4000 psi minimum compressive strength at age of 28 days. Type I/II Cement, minimum of 6.5 bags per cubic yard. Fly ash not allowed. One Inch Maximum Aggregate Size. 6%:1-1/2% Entrained Air. 4 Inches Maximum Slump. Water Reducing Agent: Use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Admixtures: 1. Non -Corrosive, Non -Chloride Accelerator: Use at all concrete slabs placed at air temperature . below 500F. 2. Air Entraining Agent: Use at all concrete required to be air entrained. 3. Superplasticizer: Contractor's option at: a. All pumped concrete. b. Concrete with water/cement ratio below 0.50. C. Mix Designs: Identify by mix identification letter. Submit new mix designs indicating slump, air content and admixtures for all mixes designated to receive fibrous reinforcing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Testing Agency's Review: Provide minimum of 24 hour notice to independent testing agency inspector to allow him to review forms and reinforcement just before concrete is placed and to observe placing of concrete. B. Contractor's Review: Contractor shall inspect forms and reinforcing prior to concrete placement to 03300-5 assure accurate placement of embedded items. 3.02 GENERAL Install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, paragraphs as listed unless amended or superseded by this section or notes on Structural Drawings. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Do not begin concrete work until operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as continuous operation for entire section that is to be placed. Clean equipment for mixing and transporting concrete. 1. Forms: Cleaned of debris and ice, wetted (except in freezing weather) and coated as specified under Section 03100. 2. If water accumulates in forms, pump out before concrete is deposited. - 3. Clearly mark finish top surface of vertical members on form walls. B. Protection: Cover masonry walls, glazing, and other finish materials with polyethylene or otherwise protect from damage due to placing of slabs, sidewalks or floors above. 3.04 PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with ACI 301, Section 5. B. Placement: Place concrete in approximately uniform horizontal layers not over twelve inches in height. Piling up of concrete in forms or chuting in manner to separate aggregates will not be permitted. Do not drop concrete in free fall over 5 feet. _ C. Water: Prevent accumulations of water on surface of concrete due to water gain, segregation, or other causes, during placement or compacting. Make provision for removal of water as may accumulate so that concrete not be placed in such accumulation. D. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete during and immediately after depositing by means of mechanical vibrators. Supplement by hand spading at comers and angles of forms, .� around embedded fixtures and in other difficult areas. 1. Mechanical Vibrator: Comply with ACI 301, Table 5.3.2.5. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. 3. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. 4. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" into preceding layer. Do not + insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. 5. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. E. Finishing: Where tops of cast -in -place concrete walls will form finished surface, immediately finish concrete in form by skilled cement finisher. Walls or surfaces not finished to level subject to removal and replacement. 3.05 FLAT WORK A. Screeds: Establish finish plane of horizontal surfaces by screeds, carefully aligned and securely set, spaced not over eight feet apart and installed at proper level or slope, prior to placing concrete. _ B. Floor Slab Tolerances: Level within maximum tolerance of 1/4" in 10 feet except slope to drains as indicated. Comply with stricter tolerance requirements of floor finish manufacturers where, applicable. C. Selection of Finishes: In accordance with ACI 301 5.3.4 unless otherwise indicated. Finish surface; sparingly with special tools, such as roller bugs, to force coarse aggregate slightly below surface. Jitterbug tampers not allowed without acceptance of Architect. Dusting of wearing surfaces with dry materials not allowed. Steel or magnesium trowels and floats shall be used for finishing interior slabs 03300-6 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado - Project No. 20025065 • Compressive Strength @ 28 days...............................................4000 psi minimum • Strength Requirements........................................................................... ASTM C94 • Minimum Cement Content.. ........................................................... 6.0 sacks/cu. yd. • Cement Type....................................................................................Type I Portland jEntrained Air Content....................................................................................4 to 8% J Concrete Aggregate .......................................... ASTM C33 and COOT Section 703 • Aggregate Size...............................................................................1 inch maximum • Maximum Water Content...........................................................0.49 Ib/Ib of cement • Maximum Allowable Slump..........................................................................4 inches Concrete should be deposited by truck mixers or agitators and placed a maximum of 90 minutes from the time the water is added, to the mix. Other specifications outlined by the Colorado Department of Transportation should be followed. Longitudinal and transverse joints should be provided as needed in concrete pavements for expansion/contraction and isolation. The location and extent of joints should be based upon the final pavement geometry and should be placed (in feet) at roughly twice the slab thickness (in inches) on center in either direction. Sawed joints should be cut within 24-hours of concrete placement, and should be a minimum of 25% of slab thickness plus 1/4 inch. All joints should be sealed to prevent entry of foreign material and doweled where necessary for j load transfer. J Preventative maintenance should be planned and provided for through an on -going pavement management program in order to enhance future pavement performance. Preventative J maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration, and to preserve the pavement investment. Preventative maintenance consists of both localized maintenance (e.g. crack sealing and patching) and global maintenance (e.g. surface sealing). Preventative maintenance is usually the first priority when implementing a planned pavement maintenance program and provides the highest return on investment for pavements. Recommended preventative maintenance policies for asphalt and jointed concrete pavements, based upon type and severity of distress, are provided. Prior to implementing any maintenance, additional engineering observation is recommended to determine the type and extent of preventative maintenance. J „ containing fibrous reinforcing. D. Requirements for Slab Finish: Comply with requirements of various Sections for slab tolerances, finishes, curing, etc. Be responsible to repair or replace slabs as required and specified in those sections to meet requirements. E. Exterior Slabs: Installed under Section 02776. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A. Construction Joints of Structural Members: ACI 301 5.3.2.6. Use polyvinyl acetate bonding compound, applied as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Joints Subject to Moisture: Do not use bonding compound, use epoxy adhesive. 2. Use of other bonding methods such as surface retarder, Portland cement grout, or roughening of surface not allowed without written acceptance of Architect. 03300-7 A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 5.3.7. B. Inspection: Allow Architect to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. C. Repair: 1. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details, and elevations. 2. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural finished concrete except upon express direction of Architect. 3. Patch holes and defects. D. Repair defects in structural concrete walls as follows: 1. Deep Defects Exposing Reinforcing: Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of epoxy adhesive. Form and pour full with non -shrink grout prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy adhesive. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. Moist cure and apply clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 2. Defects Greater Than 1/2 Inch Depth Not Exposing Reinforcing: Chip, clean and apply epoxy adhesive. Place or dry pack using non -shrink grout prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy adhesive. If dry pack consistency is required, use non -shrink grout damp pack formula. Provide specified finish and cure. 3. Defects Less Than 112 Inch Depth and All Tie Holes: a. For concrete having a specified compressive strength of 5,000 psi or less: Chip and clean per 1. above. Dry pack, finish and cure per 1, above. 4. Other equivalent repair procedures may be used subject to review of Architect. — E. Unformed Surfaces: 1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope in addition to _ smoothness using a template having required slope. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding or other methods acceptable to the — Architect after concrete has cured a minimum of 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend with adjacent concrete. Where acceptable to the Architect, the specified ' underlayment compound, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, may be used. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1" diameter, by — cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4" patching concrete and apply specified bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of _ same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete, 5. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by dry pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned surfaces and apply specified bonding compound. Mix dry pack, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2-112 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 6 mesh - sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Place dry pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact dry pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 3.08 TREATMENT OF FORMED SURFACES A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 5.3.3. B. Form Removal: Finish and cure concrete surfaces covered by formwork immediately after forms have been removed. Do not expose more surface area than can be finished and cured in one working day. 03300-8 C. Patching: 1. Patch voids, honeycombs or damaged areas in accordance with repair of surface defects above. 2. Add white cement to patching grout as required to match color of existing concrete where patches are exposed to view. 3. Patch tie holes where concrete is in contact with earth and where concrete is exposed. 4. Use specified bonding compound and epoxy adhesive. D. Laitance: Remove deposits of laitance occurring on top of concrete surfaces as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent injury to concrete. Repair areas where laitance is removed as specified for patching. E. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces: Treat surfaces of concrete wall, slabs, beams, and columns, which are to be covered by subsequent work, as specified under Patching. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: 1. Carefully protect from damage and soiling concrete surfaces, both interior and exterior, to remain exposed but unpainted. 2. Patch where required as specified under Patching. Upon completion of work. reclean damaged or soiled surface as required to make clean, smooth and finished in every respect. 3.09 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Reference Standards: ACI 301 5.3.6 and ACI 308.1. B. Protection: Protect exposed surfaces of concrete from premature drying and frost. Protect freshly placed concrete from rain damage. Protect finished slabs from mortar leakage from pouring of slabs above. C. Form Removal: Do not remove forms until times as specified. Remove carefully to not injure concrete surface. Protect edges and corners to prevent cracking, chipping or other damage and premature drying. D. Vertical Surfaces: Clean surfaces of loose sand, mortar, debris and grout; Spray lightly with water and coat with clear or translucent curing compound as soon as possible after removing forms. Apply curing compound same working day that forms are removed. E. Horizontal Surfaces: 1. As soon as possible after placing concrete, coat exposed horizontal surfaces with curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and cover with white polyethylene sheeting of minimum of six mil nominal thickness. Give special attention to providing adequate curing of slab edges. 2. Provide polyethylene sheeting as wide as practical, edges lapped minimum of six inches, weighted to prevent blowing, and sealed to prevent loss of moisture. Keep sheeting in place a minimum of seven days. 3. Slabs to Receive Thin Set Ceramic Tile: Wet cure for at least seven days. Do not use curing compounds. Protection: Protect concrete surfaces from staining, cracking, chipping, and other damage during progress of the work, and leave in good condition upon completian. G. Protection: Protect concrete surfaces from staining, cracking, chipping, and other damage during progress of the work, and leave in good condition upon completion. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS A. Other Concrete Work: Furnish and install other concrete work indicated on Drawings, even though not specifically mentioned herein to complete work, including following: 1. Anchors: Install anchors furnished under Sections in accordance with accepted shop drawings for structural and miscellaneous steel. 03300-9 2. Equipment Bases: Furnish and install concrete bases for pumps, boilers, tanks, fans, transformers, floor mounted electrical equipment, etc. as indicated. Furnish and install concrete fill in inertia base frames provided under Division 15. Install anchor bolts and inserts in accordance with setting diagrams furnished by contractor responsible for installing the equipment. Finish bases in workmanlike manner with troweled finish. Locate and size bases as determined by contractor furnishing equipment. 3. Supply concrete for signage, fencing, and bases of miscellaneous items indicated on Site Drawings. a. Post -Mounted Signs: Coordinate with work specified in Section 02891 Post -Mounted Signs. 4. Light Pole Bases: Form and pour light pole bases shown on Electrical Drawings. Coordinate with work specified in Division 16 Electrical. 5. Floor Mat Frames: Install frames furnished under Section 12481. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 1.6 and 1.7. B. General: Testing will be conducted by an approved testing laboratory. See Section y 01450. 1. Special Inspection Requirements: See notes on Structural Drawings. C. Test Priority: Control tests shall be used to determine concrete quality throughout project; however, special tests shall have precedence over control tests, and core tests shall have precedence over all previous tests. D. Tests: Cooperate fully with those making tests. Following tests and procedures are subject to change during construction at discretion of Architect: 1. Test Reports: In accordance with Section 01450. 2. Slump Tests: The General Contractor shall provide necessary equipment and shall make tests in conformity with ASTM C 143. The Contractor shall make slump tests on the first truck of each pour and as often as deemed necessary by the Contractor to maintain the required slump and adequate records. In addition, the Contractor shall make slump tests when directed by the Architect or Engineer. a. Tests shall be made by person thoroughly familiar with requirements specified. b. Sample concrete at point of placement c. Should slump exceed limits stated Concrete Mix Types in Part 2, batch shall be rejected. d. Keep accurate record of time, location in work and results of slump tests which shall be available for inspection by Owner's Representative and Architect. 3. Control Tests: a. Control tests of concrete work shall be made on every 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof -. of concrete placed and, in any case, minimum of once during each day's pour. b. Each test shall consist of four standard 6" test cylinders cast and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C172. c. Sample concrete at point of placement. d. One cylinder shall be broken at and of seven days after placing, two cylinders shall be broken at end of 28 days after placing, and remaining cylinder shall be stored until their disposition is determined by Architect. -. e. In general, remaining cylinders will be broken only when previous test reports indicate: unsatisfactory results. I. Tests on remaining cylinders shall be at expense of the Contractor. g. Architect reserves right to stop future concrete work when seven or 28 day tests indicate unsatisfactory results until, in his opinion, proper corrective measures _ have been taken to insure quality concrete in future work and corrections deemed necessary have been made. , h. Tests shall be made at time control tests are taken and so stated in reports to determine slump, air content, unit weight and temperature of concrete. I. All tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C138 or ASTM C231. 4. Special Tests: a. Should Contractor desire control tests to facilitate early removal of forms. They shall be made in addition to those specified for control tests and shall be completely site -cured. 03300-10 b. Expense for making additional test cylinders, testing, curing and protection shall be Contractor's. 5. Strength Level: Considered satisfactory if average of all three sets of consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi. 6. Core Tests: a. If, at any time, concrete control test specimens show compressive strength of 28 days below required level, or if concrete has been frozen before it has taken final set, so severely that, in opinion of Architect, its strength has been adversely affected, Contractor shall, at his own expense, have sufficient core tests taken, number and location to be accepted by Architect on such portions of work as may have been affected to determine actual conditions of concrete. b. Securing, Preparing and Testing: ASTM C42. Should tests reveal that concrete does not meet requirements of this specification, Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace entire section involved or make corrections deemed necessary by Architect. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Installed Work: Protect newly finished slabs from weather damage. END OF SECTION 03300-11 SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers precast concrete products and accessories for meter pits, meter vaults, and vaults for air relief and vacuum relief valves. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All precast concrete parts shall be handled, stored, and protected in a manner which will prevent damage to materials. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS A. Barrels and flat slab tops of manholes and vaults shall conform to and be designated as ASTM C478, and shall be made with Type II Cement. B. Concrete and Reinforcing Materials 1. Reference Section 03300. 2. Minimum reinforcement for bases of manholes and vaults shall consist of welded wire fabric, 4 x 4 - 144 x 144. 3. Minimum reinforcement for base beams, supporting manholes or vaults, shall consist of 3 No. 5 bars longitudinally and No. 4 bars at twelve inch centers transversely. C. Mortar shall be one of the following: f. Sand -Cement grout, using the following ratio of ingredients: a. One part Portland Cement; conforming to ASTM C150, Type II. b. Two parts sand; conforming to ASTM C144. C. 1/2 part hydrated lime; conforming to ASTM C207, Type S. 2. Pre -mixed non -shrinking Grout; the acceptable types and manufacturers of which are listed below: a. Master Builders; "Embeco Motor". b.Sonneborn; "Ferrolith G-D.S. Redi-Mixed". c.Or an approved equal. 3. Job -mixed grout, using the following ratio of ingredients: a. One part Portland Cement; conforming to ASTM C207, Type It. b. One part sand; conforming to ASTM C144. c.One part shrinkage correcting aggregate; the acceptable types and manufacturers of which are listed below: i Master Builders; "Embeco Aggregate". ii. Sonneborn; "Ferrolith G-D.S ". iii. Or an approved equal. D. Ring and Cover. 1. Acceptable ring and covers are: a. Neenah, R-1706. b. Or an approved equal. E. Steps. 1. All steps shall be made of one of the following materials. a. Aluminum.' b. Copolymer polypropylene plastic, conforming to ASTM C478 and ASTM C497. 03400-1 2. Acceptable steps and their manufacturers are: a. Comco; 12653B. b. Neenah; R-198241. C. M.A. Industries; PS-2-PFS. d. Or an approved equal. 3. All steps shall be spaced 12" apart, (on center). F. Preformed Plastic Gaskets. 1. All preformed plastic gaskets shall conform to AASHTO M198. 2. The diameter of preformed plastic gaskets shall be 1 1/5-inches for a 48-inch diameter manhole. 3. Acceptable preformed plastic gaskets and their manufacturers are: a. "Ram-Nek'; K.T. Snyder Co. b. "Rub'r-Nek"; K.T. Snyder Co. c. "Kent Seal"; Hamilton -Kent Manufacturing Co. d. Or an approved equal. 4. Gaskets shall not be set if the outside air temperature is less than 10 degrees Fahrenheit. a. Gaskets may be set when the air temperature is below the minimum allowable, if the gasket is preheated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction. ^ 1. Reference Section 02221. 3.2 METER PIT MANHOLE AND VAULT CONSTRUCTION A. Meter pit manholes and vaults shall be constructed at the locations indicated on the .. approved Construction Drawings or as stated by the Utility to accommodate field conditions. 1. The locations of meter pit manholes and vaults shall be referenced to a minimum of two permanent surface references, and recorded on the "Drawings of Record". a. Reference Section 01720. B. The manhole section or vault shall be set plumb. -- 1. Precast adjustment rings shall be used to bring the ring and cover to grade. C. Manhole and vault sections shall be joined to lids using mortar or preformed flexible plastic gaskets. 1. All joint surfaces shall be kept clean, dry, and warm during installation. 2. Where mortar joints are used, each section shall be set with a 1-inch minimum full bed of mortar. D. All lifting holes and other imperfections shall be filled with mortar. " E. The ring, cover, and precast adjustment rings shall be installed. END OF SECTION 03400.2 �' SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel bollards B. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Anchor bolts and weld plates for anchoring metal fabrications installed under Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories 2. Steel bollards installed under Section 02750 Rigid Pavement. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: See Section 01423. Comply with following: 1. Detailing, Fabrication and Erection of Steel: AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, 1989 Edition. 2. Fabrication, Delivery and Erection of Steel: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, 1992 Edition, Sections 5 through 7. 3. Fabrication, Erection, and Dimensional Tolerances for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, Section 10. 4. Welding: AWS DI .1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. 5. Painting: SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 1 Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Steel surfaces and connections fabricated under this Section which will remain exposed and subject to normal view by the public or occupants of the completed structure shall be considered Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel as defined by the AISC Code of Standard Practice, and shall be subject to all requirements for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel specified in Section 10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals in General: Comply with Section 01330. B. Product Data: Submit product data for all manufactured stock items specified under this Section, including the following. 1. Gratings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit for all custom fabricated items under this Section. Include steel lintels and steel ladders and railings. 1. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate the following: a. Profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of members. b. Connections, attachments, and anchorages. C. Size and type of fasteners d. Finishes, coatings and shop painting. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. 3. Indicate weld lengths and sizes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welder Qualifications: Welding shall be performed only by certified welding operators currently qualified in accordance with the testing procedures of AWS DI .1 for the weld types and positions required for the fabrications and installations indicated. 05500-1 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. _ 1. Store metals above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Protect metals from corrosion. 2. Store other materials in weathertight and dry place, until ready for use. B. Materials to be Installed by Others: 1. Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry construction to project site in time to be installed before start of cast -in - place concrete operations and masonry work. 2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Pipe and Tubing: ASTM A53, Grade B, or A500, Grade B, minimum wall thickness 11 gage. C. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Bolts: ASTM A307. 2. Nuts: ASTM A563. 3. Washers: ASTM F436. — 4. Hooked Anchor Botts and Threaded Rod Anchors: ASTM A36. D. Welding Materials for Steel: — 1. Filler Metals for Welding: Meet requirements of AWS DI.1. a. Strength level: In accordance with AISC and AWS specifications for base metals joined, weld type, and direction of applied load to weld. 2. Welding Electrodes: AWS 5.1 or A 5.5. E. Headed Anchor Stud Connectors: Conform to ASTM A 108. Studs shall be manufactured by Nelson Division of TRW, or approved substitute. -- 2.02 PIPE BOLLARDS A. Bollards: ASTM A53, Grade B Steel Pipe, Extra Strong. 1. Concrete Base and Fill: Supplied under Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete and installed with concrete rounded at top under Division 2 Site Construction. 2. Size, Height and Embedment: As indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION .. 05500-2 SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and of performing all operations necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these Specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. All work under this section shall also be governed by the project general conditions, along with all supplements and amendments thereto, as published by the Architect. B. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned or not, for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these Specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, materials, tools and labor. C. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all equipment. 2. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all new or existing relocated electrical equipment. 3. Installation of site lighting system. 4. Control and instrument wiring as required to all equipment. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by the local inspection authority who shall have final jurisdiction. B. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits; fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work. Upon completion of work, furnish to the Architect a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval by the local inspection authority. C. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. D. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring as required during the construction period for the use of all the trades. Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and are to be properly grounded throughout. Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. Utility Service Center 16000-1 August 2002 -1 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 Earthwork General Considerations The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation, subgrade preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project. All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon. The evaluation of earthwork should include observation and testing of engineered fill, pavement subgrade preparation, and other geotechnical conditions exposed during the construction of the project. Site Preparation Strip and remove existing vegetation, fill materials, debris, and other deleterious materials from proposed pavement °areas. All exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions, which could prevent uniform compaction. It is our understanding, and based on the present condition of the existing asphalt pavement section, that an overlay is not suitable. The existing asphalt material should be removed and/or roto-milled for possible reuse, and extend to the existing subgrade layer. The existing subgrade material should be prepared in accordance with the recommendations contained in the Subgrade Preparation section of this report as well as in general accordance with flyash stabilization procedures if utilized. The site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill, and to provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed pavements. All exposed areas which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where necessary, should be scarified to a minimum depth of eight inches, conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and compacted. It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction can be accomplished with conventional earthmoving equipment. Depending upon depth of excavation and seasonal conditions, groundwater will be encountered in excavations on the site. Pumping from sumps and/or temporary well points may be utilized to control water within excavations. Based upon the subsurface conditions determined from the geotechnical exploration, subgrade soils exposed during construction are anticipated to be relatively stable. However, the stability of the subgrade may be affected by precipitation, repetitive construction traffic or other factors. If unstable conditions develop, workability may be improved by scarifying and drying. Overexcavaticn of wet zones and replacement with granular materials may be necessary. Use of lime, fly ash, kiln dust, cement or J12 1.3 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not itemized on the Drawings and Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor to provide a complete working system as indicated on the Drawings. ' 1. Before installing any wiring, equipment, outlets or other devices, examine architectural and civil drawings and specifications; if any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and specifications, report same to the Architect in writing and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural and civil drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. 2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed _ and to fit work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Architect. 3. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions will be governed by the site; the Contractor shall use same with this understanding. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured, tested and installed In accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratory (U.L.). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). .- 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). B. The Contractor shall submit proof, if requested by the Architect, that the materials, equipment or devices that he installs under this contract meet the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. in regard to fire and casualty hazards. C. All electrical material shall display a U.L. label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate electrical work with the progress of other work.. and with the work of other trades on the job without cost. to the Owner. B. Power Interruptions: Provide for the interruption of electrical power to the existing site as necessary for new work. Keep all power interruptions to the minimum practicable time duration. Coordinate power outages with the Owner. Coordination includes discussion with and approval of the Owner for preparations prior to shutdown, switch over procedures, date, time of day for start of shutdown, and anticipated duration of the down time. Begin coordination work with the Owner at leash calendar days prior to any anticipated interruption. C. Cleanup: If so directed by the Architect, remove any materials not installed in the work which ^ conflict with the work of other trades. At completion of work, clean up and remove from premises all debris and materials not installed so premises will be left clean. Utility Service Center 16000-2 August 2002 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. When and if directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall test, under supervision of the Architect, all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds. Utility Service Center 16000-3 August 2002' SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets on all basic materials to be used and receive Architect's acceptance. 1. See supplemental conditions for distribution and count. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS - ACCEPTABLE CLASSES A. Description of System. 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and size of wire installed therein. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required to conform with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low -resistance paths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be confined. B. Acceptable Classes. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC). a. Use in the following above -grade areas: 1) Wherever exposed conduit is indicated. 2) Where specifically required by NEC. b. Hot -dipped galvanized on the outside and inside. C. Each section of conduit shall be straight, 10 feet long, threaded at both ends and free of blisters. d. Conduit must meet USA Standards Institute C80-1 Underwriters' Laboratories Standard U.L. 6 and carry a U.L. label. Utility Service Center 16100-1 August 2002 2. Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Conduit. a. Provide in the following locations. 1) In or below slabs on grade. .- 2) In earth or gravel. b. Schedule 40 Heavy Wall, 90 degrees Celsius, U.L. listed for above ground and underground uses. C. Conform to NEMA TC-2 and U.L.-651 standards. _ d. U.L. listed in conformity with Article 347 of the National Electric Code. e. 1-112" and larger shall conform to NEMA Publications No. TC-1-1965. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. General. 1. All wire and cable shall be 600 volt rated and U.L. listed. Wire and cable shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of the following National Electrical Manufacturers Association (Insulated Cable Engineers Association) standards as applicable. a. WC3 (5-19-1981) Rubber -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. b. WC5 (5-61-402) Thermoplastic -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. c. WC7 (5-66-524) Cross -linked thermosetting polyethylene -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. d. WC8 (5-68-516) Ethylene propylene rubber -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. B. Description of System. 1. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire size to be No. 12, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the entire length of a circuit including taps and risers. C. Conductor Material. - 1. Copper conductors shall be high conductivity annealed copper in compliance with ASTM B-3, stranded per ASTM B-3, and if coated per ASTM B-33 and ASTM B-189. a. Use copper conductors for all wiring. D. Insulation. 1. Thermoplastic Insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. a. U.L. Type THWN, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at — conductor temperatures not to exceed 75°C. b. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation that is U.L. defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil 4 resistant. E. Acceptable Manufacturers. 1. Southwire. 2. Basic Wire and Cable. 3. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 4. Okonite Company. 5. Alcoa. ^ 6. Or Equal Utility Service Center 16100-2 August 2002 2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's and U.L. standard requirements for tightening torques. Use proper torquing tools to achieve accurate values. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES A. General Requirements. 1. Secondary boxes per Owner standards, H-20 bridge load. Drive over. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Description of System. 1. Provide outlet boxes for all receptacles and material construction to suit environmental conditions and per light pole manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with actual structural conditions to eliminate obstructions and interference with other work and equipment. 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wiring devices and device plates as specified below. Provide in the quantities and at the locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles. 1. GFI receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Ground -fault receptacles shall have NEMA 5-20 configuration with the following characteristics: a. 5 milliamp sensitivity to earth leakage current. b. 1/30th of a second trip time. C. Local "test" button. d. Local "reset" button. 3. Manufacturers. a. Leviton 6399. b. Hubbell GF-5362. C. Materials shall conform and be consistent throughout. Utility Service Center 16100-3 August 2002 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Wire Connectors and Devices. 1. Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wire connecting devices to provide a tight mechanical and electrical make-up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. B. Junction Boxes. 1. Install junction boxes so that covers are readily accessible after the completion of the installation. 2. Mount rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 3. Support sheet steel adequately to maintain shape. 4. Secure covers with corrosion resistant screws and bolts. C. Wiring Devices. 1. Install ground fault interrupting receptacles at locations indicated on the Drawings. Utility Service Center 16100-4 August 2002 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado j Project No. 20025065 J geotextiles could also be considered as a stabilization technique. Laboratory evaluation is recommended to determine the effect of chemical stabilization on subgrade soils prior to construction. Lightweight excavation equipment may be required to reduce subgrade pumping. Subgrade Preparation J Subgrade soils beneath pavements should be scarified; moisture conditioned and compacted to a minimum depth of eight inches. The moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils should be maintained until slab or pavement construction. Fill Materials and Placement Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. On -site soils are suitable for use as compacted fill beneath pavement sections. y Imported soils (if required) should conform to the following: Percent fines by weight Gradation (ASTM C136) J3".........................................................................................................100 No. 4 Sieve....................................................................................... 30-80 No. 200 Sieve.............................................................................. 50 (max) Liquid Limit.......................................................................30 (max) Plasticity Index.................................................................15 (max) JGroup Index.....................................................................10 (max) R-Value.............................................................................15 (ruin) Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift. Recommended compaction criteria for engineered fill materials are as follows: 13 Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Ten'acon Fort Collins, Colorado Project No. 20025065 T Material Minimum Percent (ASTM D6981 Scarified subgrade soils.........................................................................95 - On -site and imported fill soils: Beneath pavements....................................................................95 Beneath and adjacent to foundations ......................................... 95 Miscellaneous backfill (non-structural areas) .......................................... 90 On -site clay soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2 percent below, to 2 percent above optimum. Imported granular soils should be compacted within a moisture range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer. Additional Design and Construction Considerations • Underground Utility Systems 7 For any new utility installation procedures, all piping should be adequately bedded for proper load distribution. It is suggested that clean, graded gravel compacted to 75 percent of Relative Density ASTM D4253 be used as bedding. Where utilities are excavated below groundwater, temporary dewatering will be required during excavation, pipe placement and backfilling operations for proper construction. Utility trenches should be excavated on safe and stable slopes in accordance with OSHA regulations as discussed above. Backfill should consist of the on -site soils or imported l material approved by the geotechnical engineer. The pipe backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698. 1 GENERAL COMMENTS 1 Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide testing and _l observation during excavation, grading, and construction phases of the project. a The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in this report. This report does not reflect variations, which may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying effects of weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. If variations appear, we should be 14 J Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon Proposed Wood Street Culvert Project Fort Collins, Colorado T Project No. 20025065 j immediately notified so that further evaluation and supplemental recommendations can be 1 provided. The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental assessment of the site or identification of contaminated or hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination, other studies should be undertaken. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices. No warranties, express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support, and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report, are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes, and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing. J I I I I 1 J No Text I I I 1 J I I I I 7$ S cam^. z c w LOG OF BORING NO. 2 Pane 1 of 1 CLIENT City of Fort Collins - Operations Services Department SITE Wood Street and Elm Street PROJECT Fort Collins, Colorado Wood Street Culvert Project SAMPLES TESTS DESCRIPTION m > w �w U = W W C z Z= ZN KW Z Ca7 a.S 0 !> rm�OD Owa 0Jo gZvz y a (�~/J aN 6" TOPSOIL SANDY LEAN CLAY Brown, gray, moist, medium stiff z POORLY GRADED SAND with SILT AND GRAVEL y Tan, moist to wet, medium dense to dense NV/NPlB 1 ST 12 16.0 114 2 SS 12 32 9.8 5 7 SANDY LEAN CLAY Brown, tan, gray, moist, medium stiff 112 3 SS 12 6 25.1 10 o WEATHERED SAN DSTONEICLAYSTONE/SILTSTON E Gray, tan, rust, moist, soft to moderately hard x x x x SANDSTONE/CLAYSTONE/SILTSTONE x x Gray, tan, rust, moist, moderately hard to x hard x x x x 4 SS 12 50 14.7 x x tj 15 BOTTOM OF BORING The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft 1rerraconRING BORING STARTED 4-19-02 WL -Y- 3 WD BOCOMPLETED 4-19-02 WL RIG CME-55 FOREMAN GLW WL INITIAL WATER LEVEL READING APPROVED DAR JOB # 20025065 D. BID DOCUMENTS: Include as part of this addendum a Compact Disc of the bid documents, August 19,2002 — Bid# 5727 RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM SHOULD BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. END OF ADDENDUM NO.1 _1 -.1 H J I J J I 1 N LOG OF BORING NO. 3 Page 1 of 1 CLIENT City of Fort Collins - Operations Services Department SITE Wood Street and Elm Street PROJECT Fort Collins, Colorado Wood Street Culvert Project SAMPLES TESTS m a' w n ~ W DESCRIPTION Sr z U r _ K W W > ZV Z (rW ~ Z ZZ N K W y 0_ U HQ FZ } �� jW#, U` O D Z F Lu Ofvim �U ❑n 7U) 70,e FILL MATRIAL Sandy Lean Clay 1 SS 12 16 8.3 Brown, tan, dry to moist, stiff 2s POORLY GRADED SAND with SILT AND GRAVEL Tan, moist to wet, loose to medium dense 3 SS 12 15 3.7 5 Intermittent Cobbles Encountered NVINPIII 4 SS 12 26 8.2 Q 10 (12 WEATHERED SAN DSTONEICLAYSTON EISILTSTON E 13.5 Gray, tan, rust, moist, soft to moderately hard • x ,x 14.5 SANDSTONEICLAYSTONEISILTSTONE Gray, tan, rust, moist, moderately hard to hard BOTTOM OF BORING The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft 1��rr�con BORING STARTED 4-18-02 10 WD i ING CCME-55EPOREMAN 4-18-02 L Y RIG AS INITIAL WATER LEVEL READING APPROVED DAR JOB # 20025065 I 01 J LOG OF BORING NO. 4 g N g � S Page 1 of 1 CLIENT City of Fort Collins - Operations Services Department SITE Wood Street and Elm Street PROJECT Fort Collins, Colorado Wood Street Culvert Project SAMPLES TESTS DESCRIPTION m } e w n �_w U C W Z LL=F-Zo xa ofy m wa > zm Lu ZZ OUw o�tt m a w U W O �. U w r0 a� �Z a0 > tru ZF- Oa.^ C7�" U' O Z) Z H rL (nm 3U m a �h :1 a. 0.2 2" ASPHALT 0.3 1" BASE COURSE SILTY CLAYEY SAND Brown, tan, rust, moist, loose NVINP/26 1 ST 12 12.0 121 1315 2 SS 12 1 8 15.9 5 6 WEATHERED SANDSTON EICLAYSTONEISILTSTONE Gray, tan, rust, moist, soft to moderately 3 ST 12 20.0 107 1110 hard 4 SS 12 9 22.9 SO4 = 0.0007% 10 10 SANDSTONE/CLAYSTONE/SILTSTONE Gray, tan, rust, moist, moderately hard to x x * hard x x x x x x x x x x x x 5 SS 7 50/0.6 10.9 x x 14.6 BOTTOM OF BORING The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft Herrman BORING STARTED 4-19-02 WL Q DRY WD � BORING COMPLETED 4-19-02 WL I7RIG CME-55 FOREMAN GLW WL INITIAL WATER LEVEL READING APPROVED DAR JOB # 20025065 I LOG OF BORING NO. 5 CLIENT Page 1 of 1 City of Fort Collins - Opet SITE Wood Street Street Valay DESCRIPTION LT SE COURSE ERIAd with Gravel n, gray, moist, medium dense, clay to BOTTOM OF BORING z > a C W I.-: Z W ? Z ui zu w r- wGO my ui am� D i Cn aic�un_jllo) az 1 15 4 SSSS SS 12 SS 112 1 20 The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines 3 between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. 3 WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft n WL 7 WD = 1 re rr acon WL INITIAL WATER LEVEL READING 780 BORING STARTED 4-19-02 BORING COMPLETED 4-19-02 RIG CME-55 FOREMAN GLW APPROVED DAR JOB # 20 225065 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.5 0.52 0 a 0.50 0 0 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.1 1 10 APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF r 0 Specimen Identification Classification Yd, pcf WC% -4 _2 Cn m 2 e n O Z (n O r 4 a 0 z 6 8 10 0.1 1 10 APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF 0 0 Specimen Identification Classification WEATHERED SANDSTONE/CLAYSTONElSILTSTONE 107 No Text 7 7 P.O Irerracon FORT Box 503 301 North Howes Street FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80521 (970) 494-0359 FAX (970) 484-0454 - RESISTANCE R-VALUE & EXPANSION, PRESSURE OF COMPACTED SOIL AASHTO T-190 CLIENT: City of Fort Collins - Operations Services Department DATE OF TEST: 28-Apr-02 PROJECT: Wood Street RCBC Project -700 Wood Street LOCATION: Elm Street Improvement - Composite Sample TB No. 2 @ 0.5' - 4.0': AASHTO A-4 TERRACON NO. 20025065 CLASSIFICATION: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt and Gravel SAMPLE DATA TEST RESULTS ECIMEN NO. 1 2 350 3 350 CTION PRESSURE (PSI) 250 Y (PCF) 115.2 117.4 119.8 RE CONTENT (%) 14.4 13.2 13.0 ION PRESSURE (PSI) 0.12 0.00 0.00 NTAL PRESSURE @ 160 PSI 124 118 F 112 HEIGHT (INCHES) 2.41 2.44 2.47 ION PRESSURE (PSI) 194.9 306.3 397.8 CTED R-VALUE 15.8 22.0 29.6 RECTED R-VALUE 16.4 22.6 29.6 E @ 300 PSI EXUDATION PRESSURE = 22 F 0 I i II 60 I II > 50 I i 40 30 i 20 I 10 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 EXUDATION PRESSURE - PSI 7 GENERAL NOTES DRILLING & SAMPLING SYMBOLS: SS: Spilt Spoon - 1 318" LD., 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted HS: Hollow Stem Auger ST: Thin -Wailed Tube -2" O.D., unless otherwise noted PA Power Auger - RS: Ring Sampler -2.42" I.D., 3" O.D., unless otherwise noted HA Hand Auger DB: Diamond Bit Coring - 4", N, B RB: Rock Bit BS: Bulk Sample or Auger Sample WS: Wash Boring or Mud Rotary The number of blows required to advance a standard 2-inch O.D. split -spoon sampler (SS) the last 12 inches of the total 18-inch penetration with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches is considered the "Standard Penetration" or -N-value". WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS: WL: Water Level WS: While Sampling NIE: Not Encountered WCI: Wet Cave in WC: While Drilling OCI: Dry Cave in SCR: Before Casing Removal AB: After Boring ACR: After Casing Removal Water levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the borings at the times indicated. Groundwater levels at other times and other locations across the site could vary. In pervious soils, the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater. In low permeability soils, the accurate determination of groundwater levels may not be possible with only short- term observations. DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION: Soil classification is based on the Unified Classification System. Coarse Grained Soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand. Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are principally described as clays If they are plastic, and silts If they are slightly plastic or non -plastic. Major constituents may be added as modifiers and minor constituents may be added according to the relative proportions *based on grain size. In addition to gradation, coarse -grained soils are defined on the basis of their in -place relative density and fine-grained soils on the basis of their consistency. CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS Standard Unconfined Penetration or Compressive N-value (SS) Strength, Qu, Ps f Blows/Ft. Consistency < 500 <2 Very Soft 500 - 1,000 2-3 Soft 1,001 - 2,000 4-6 Medium Stiff 2,001 - 4,000 7-12 Stiff 4.001 - 8,000 13-26 Very Stiff 8,000+ 26+ Hard RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF SAND AND GRAVEL RELATIVE DENSITY OF COARSE -GRAINED SOILS Standard Penetration or N-value (SS) Blows/Ft. 0-3 4-9 10-29 30 - 49 50+ Relative Densltv Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Dense Very Dense GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY Descriptive Terms) of other Percent of Maior Component constituents DryWeight of Samole Particle Size Trace < 15 With 15 - 29 Modifier > 30 RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES Descriptive Term(s) of other Percent of constituents DryWeiaht Trace < 5 With 5-12 Modifiers > 12 Boulders Over 12 in. (300mm) Cobbles 12 in. to 3 in. (300mm to 75 mm) Gravel 3 in. to #4 sieve (75mm to 4.75 mm) Sand #4 to #200 sieve (4.75mm to Silt or Clay 0.075mm) Passing #200 Sieve (0.075mm) PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION Term Plasticity Index Non -plastic 0 Low 1-10 Medium 11-30 High 30+ , UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests^ Coarse Gained Sails Gravels Clean Gravels Cu a 4 and 1 5 Cc s 3- More than 50% of coarse Less then 5%fines° More thin 50°h retained Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc> 3s fraction ruined an an No. 200 sieve No. 4sieve Graveiswith Fires More Fines than 12% fines" Fines ML or MH or CH Sands Clean Sands Cu z 6 and 1 s Cc s 31 50% or more of coarse Less than 5%fines° Cu <6 and/or 1 > Cc> 3a fraction passes No. 4 sieve Sands with Fines Fines classify as ML or MH More than 12%fines° Fines Classify as CL or CH Fine -Grained Soils Silts and Clays inorganic 50% or more passes the Liquid limit less than 50 No. 200 sieve organic Silts and Clays. inorganic * Uqu)d limit 50 or more organic PI > 7 and plots on or above 'A" line' PI <4 or plots below "A" line Group Symbol Group Name' GW Weil -graded gravel- GP Poorly graded gravel° GM Silty gravelF•a•" GC Clayey grave12.6" SW SP Well -graded sand' Poorly graded sand' SM Silty sandoru SC Clayey sanda•K' CL Lean clayK� ML Silt" Liquid limit . oven dried c 0.75 OL Liquid limit •not dried PI plots on or above "A" line PI lots below "A" line CH Fat ctayr LM MH Elastic Sllt'r'u" Liquid limit . oven dried c 0.75 OH Organic clayK4'A° Liquid limit . not dried Organic sIItKiKo Highly organic soils Primarily organic matter, dark In color, and organic odor PT Peat r"Based on the material passing the 3-in..(75-mm) slave "If fines are organic, add 'with organic fines" to group name. ° If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both,add..with cobbles or ' If soil contains_ 15% gravel, add "with graver to group name. boulders, or both" to group name. v If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, sail is a CL-ML, silty clay. °Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: • GW-GM well -graded - Klf sail contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add "with sand" or "with gravel with silt, GW-GC well -graded gravel with.chay; GP -GM poorly graded gravel," whichever is predominant gravel with silt, GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay.. L If soil contains 230% plus No: 200 predominantly sand, add "sandy" "Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SWSM well -graded sand to group name. with silt,. SW -SC well -graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded sand Kif soil contains 2:30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add with silt, SP-SC poorly.graded sand with clay "gravelly" to group name. e Cu = DsofDt° Cc = (%,o "P12 4 and plots on or above "A' line. D,o x Da aPl <4 or plots below "A" line. F If soil Contains 2 15% sand, add "with sand" to group name. ° PI plots an or above "A" line. alf fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC -GM, or SC-SM. °PI plots below *A* line. W 40 O z 30 U CL 20 J o_ to 7 a a For classification of fine-grained i soils and tine -grained fraction of coarse-gra)nedsoils -of or "A" - one HodmnW at PI=4 to LL=25.5. then PI=0.73 (LL-20) O �ot Equation of "U" • lne ; i Vertical at L.L=-t s to PI=7• O i then PI-0.9 (LL-S) `r � MH or OH i I I: • 1 OL -'• i,�MLor 0 10 1s 20 30 40 5o 60 70 so 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT ILL) lrerracon_ I LABORATORY TESTS SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE TEST SIGNIFICANCE PURPOSE California Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil, Pavement Bearing subbase, and base course material, including recycled Thickness Ratio materials for use in road and airfield pavements. Design l Consolidation Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of Foundation both differential and total settlement of a structure. Design Direct Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength of Bearing Capacity, Shear soil or rock. Foundation Design & Slope Stability Dry Used to determine the in -place density of natural, inorganic, Index Property Density fine-grained soils. I Soil Behavior Expansion Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained soil Foundation & Slab and to provide a basis for swell potential classification. Design Gradation Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution of Soil particle sizes in soil. Classification Liquid & Used as an integral part of.engineering classification systems Soil . Plastic Limit, to characterize the fine-grained fraction of soils, and to Classification Plasticity specify the fine-grained fraction of construction materials. Index Permeability Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to conduct a Groundwater liquid or gas. Flow Analysis pH Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a soil. Corrosion Potential Resistivity Used to indicate the relative ability of a sail medium to carry Corrosion electrical currents. Potential R-Value Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil, Pavement subbase, and base course material, including recycled Thickness materials for use in road and airfield pavements. Design Soluble Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble Corrosion Sulphate sulfates within a soil mass. Potential Unconfined To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils that Bearing Capacity Compression possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the Analysis unconfined state. for Foundations Water Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil Index Property Content mass. Soil Behavior Irerracon 7 CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS 700 WOOD STREET, FORT COLLINS, COLORADO A PORTION OF NORTHWEST 1/4 SECTION OF SECTION 11 AND SOUTHWEST 1/4 SECTION OF SECTION 2, TOWNSHIP 7 NORTH, RANGE 69 WEST OF THE 6TH P.M., CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COUNTY OF LARIMER, STATE OF COLORADO HM TO DRAW 4M BID DOCUMENTS ` ° RFT N AUGUST 19, 2002 BID #5727 �. RIME CB,OIIIpN RAN ��, �em NNAetq rmrEcr�- °�=uwr <enl v ata. omwm � i poll :1 i.11 u 110 VICINIf\'W a. �mu`e�:.w nr. RAN �, 81Upl8 RAN Cawo NQ2CNYAL CCXINCL RAN fJWI TML CQKCTMN 1pIQplTAL CONTM PYAH CBYM PIM. cuoz weYuw � RAw CBYW EwOIN] 8TpO1 C0.WABE PtAX CBYW BTCIYI pUNI.(E RAN C8980 ON3ULL URIfY R.N CBeeY BTdY 8E%Wi p{AN NO PXIXiE C0W .,pil BEIYEN flAN NO M1iUFLE eT NY 8Ew9Y RAN m PNO {( CBBYB Ol/WAT9i BEPNIATOR RAN .Vp giOFtf Cabe I YM 1iY0AlpN uT91AL RAw A!U Pibfl.E CSb] Am "Wt W PVC wATffl1E pLAX Aro FWafIE mapvmi cseao ¢u sYwffr RAN.AW sNOFie casm TNAe. caxecnoN RAx Aro WN)N1F caeoo YEIALe _•1e1•�. C8881 oETAa9 cebz CESALB 7-SM922.1987 C88p9 CETALB �"'.vr�.e� CBtlt CETALB cabs eNTAes C9888 4 C880) Cl/WAT618FP61ATg1 CEIAIB .mn rw ex mrr m uw w CB11M1 CNC88 eEClW _ - - REIAMI] WAIL I.w� mwJ w EEMIe! 1 W' Cpipry ppAW eTgG PUN. M mlW Port ff .m 8EW616C11 N98BICE Mln l'IY PpOVIJ. EYIBT Y 1!E A YY' MNIABY 8eN91 saN �eawn - ww —w u LAMbApE RAN c® u uweawe RAw • w.Aw uNN u. m eN mttt RY NlATMIX RAW ..w.weau� W eHOAIpN YITAIB � e•. Mti, w0� u n Y3ECIWCAL RAx. �m .�. i 1 Allowable Soil Bearing Capacity Alluvium Aggregate Base Course REPORT TERMINOLOGY (Based on ASTM D653) The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the foundation element and the supporting material. Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing water and subsequently deposited by sedimentation. A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath slabs or pavements. Backfr/l A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area. Bedrock A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent cohesive forces. Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of extraordinary force for excavation. Bench A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit. Caisson (Drilled pier A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an or Shaft) enlarged base. Sometimes referred to as a cast -in -place pier or drilled shaft. Coefficient of A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding shear Friction stress at which sliding starts between the two surfaces. Cal/uvium Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as at the foot of. a slope or cliff. Compaction The densification of a soil by means of mechanical manipulation. Concrete Slab -on- A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a base, subbase or subgrade, and Grade typically used as a floor system. Differential Unequal settlement or heave between, or within foundation elements of a Movement structure. Earth Pressure The pressure or force exerted by soil on any boundary such as a foundation wall. ESA Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform standard, (118,000 pound axle loads). Engineered Fill Specified material placed and compacted to specified density and/or moisture conditions under observations of a representative of a geotechnicai engineer. Equivalent Fluid A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure against a lateral support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the actual soil. This simplified approach is valid only when deformation conditions are such that the .pressure increases linearly with depth and the wall friction is neglected. Existing Fill (or man- Materials deposited through the action of man prior to exploration of the site. made fill/ Existing Grade The ground surface at the time of field exploration. Irerracon Expansive Potential Finished Grade Footing Foundation Frost Depth Grade Beam Groundwater Heave Lithologic Native Grade i Native Soil Optimum Moisture Content Perched Water �l Scarify ! Settlement Skin Friction (Side Shear) 1 REPORT TERMINOLOGY (Based on ASTM D653) The potential of a soil to expand (increase in volume) due to absorption of moisture. The final grade created as a part of the project. A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the soil. The lower part of a structure that transmits the loads to the soil or bedrock. The depth of which the ground becomes frozen during the winter season. A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete, used to span between other foundation elements such as drilled piers. Subsurface water found in the zone of saturation of soils,_ or within fractures in bedrock. Upward movement. The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and rock by observation. The naturally occuring ground surface. Naturally occurring on -site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil. The water content at which a soil can be, compacted to a maximum dry unit weight by a given compactive effort. Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water elevation by the presence of an intervening relatively impervious continuing stratum. To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure. Downward movement. The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of structure such as a drilled pier or shaft. Soil (earth) Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced by the physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may not contain organic matter. Strain The change in length per unit of length in a given direction. Stress The force per unit area acting within a soil mass. Strip To remove from present location. Subbase A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and base course. Subgrade The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement system. Irerracon _ RECOMMENDED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE POLICY PAVEMENTS — Distress T e Distress Sever' Recommended Distress Distress J Alligator Cracking Low Maintenance None T e Patching & Severn Recommended Maintenance Low None Utility Cut Medium Full -Depth Asphaltt Concrete Patching Medium Full -Depth Patch Asphalt Concrete Hi h Patch Bleeding Low None Polished Hi h Low Medium Surface Sandin Aggregate None Hi h Shallow AC Patch Medium Block Cracking Low None Potholes Hi h Low Fo Seal Shallow AC Patch Medium Clean & Seal Medium Fuil-Depth All Cracks Asphalt Concrete Hi h Patch Bumps & Sags Low None Railroad High Low J Crossing No Pol cy for Medium Shallow AC Patch „_„ This Project ion cage I Low Cracking Reflection Drop -Off Transverse Cracking Asphalt Concrete Patch None Seal All Cracks Shoulder w High Seal All Cracks 1 ..wurwn Mill & Shallow AC Patch Hi h Slippage Low Nona Cracking Asphalt Concrete Patch & Ravelling Seal Irerracon Distress T pe e Blow-up r Corner 1 Break .I J Divided Slab 7 7 Durability Cracking Faulting 7 7 Joint Seal Lane/Shoulder Drop-off Linear Cracking Longitudinal, Transverse and Diagonal Cracks Large Patching and Utility Cuts Small Patching •v aun Aggregate Severity or Levels Overlay Defined Concrete Patch/ Slab Replacement Severity Levels Defined Full -Depth Concrete Patch Seal Cracks Pumping No Undeneal, Severity Seal cracksijoin Levels and Defined Restore Load Transfer Slab Replacement Crossing Map Cracking Crazing Reseal Medium Joints High Regrade and Shrinkage No Fill Shoulders Cracks Severity to Match Levels Lane Height Defined Clean & SpalHng low Seal all Cracks (Cor..u.� ceai Uracas or Replace Patch None Replace Patch Concrete Patch No Policy for this Project Full -depth Patch, cr Overlay Concrete Patch Irerracon LARIMER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT 1525 Blue Spruce Drive Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524-2004 General Health (970) 498-6700 Environmental Health (970) 498-6775 Fax (970) 498-6772 August 24, 2001 RE: Fugitive Dust Control During Land Development Dear Applicant: Under Colorado's air quality regulations, the control of fugitive dust emissions apply to land construction activities and land development. These requirements are outlined below: Development that involves clearing more than five acres of land must incorporate all available and practical control methods which are technologically feasible and economically reasonable in order to minimize dust emissions. The County Land Use code requires submittal of a fugitive dust control plan for land clearing that will involve 5 - 25 acres. If land development creates more than a 25 acre contiguous disturbance, Qr exceeds 6 months in duration, the responsible party is required to prepare a fugitive dust control plan, submit an air pollution emissions notice (APEN), and apply fora permit from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 9 Regardless of the size or duration of development, all land disturbance must be conducted so that nuisance conditions are not created. If dust emissions do create a nuisance, a Fugitive Dust Control Plan will be required. The requirements of Colorado's Air Quality Control Commission - Regulation 1, Section III D will have to be met (less than 20% opacity, no off -property transport, ...). Copies of this Regulation and forms for downloading can be viewed at: http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/ap/download.html If you have any questions or need assistance, please contact Doug Bjorlo at 498-6783. Permit No Facility ID: / LAND DEVELOPMENT Air Pollutant Emission Notice -Dust Control Plan -and -Application for Emission Permit Instructions: 1/ Complete one form for each project 2) For assistance or information call the Division at (303) 692-3150 3) Mail the forms and $ 100.00 riling fees (checks to be made payable to Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment) to: Colorado Department of Public Health & Environment Air Pollution Control Division APCD-SS-B1 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South DENVER C0 80246-1530 1. Permit to be issued Federal Tax ID: 2. Mailing Address: 3. Contact Person: 4. Project Name & Location (Attac map locating the project and neafvy Telephone: County: Section: Township: Range:. 5. Total Acreage of land in project: 6. Estimated date earthmoving will - Commence: Stop:_ 7. Number of acres subject to earthmoving - Maximum, Daily: Total: 8. Acres of roads or parking lots to be paved: 9. Date paving will be completed: 10. Work Schedule - Hours/day: Days/Month: Months/year: 11. Estimated time to complete entire project (includes buildings) 12. Estimated scraper hours: 13. Brief description of how the project development will occur: 14. Signature of legally authorized person: Name: UCPJF0,4M5.95AF-AND DEV.96A Title: FUG:TTVE DUET COr.TRO!, =:,AN FOF LAND DEVELOPMENT Fags - of _ y C:DORADC DEPARTMENT OF PUELTC HEALTH. AN-' EN7_RDNMEE7 ATF, FCLi,UTT ON CONTRC_ __1_E_0N Permit N Facility ID. / FUGITIVE DUST CONTROL PLAN FOR LAND DEVELOPMENT (This must be submitted with the Air Pollutant Emission Notice -and -Application for Emission Permit) Regulation No. 1 requires that a fugitive dust control plan be submitted by applicants whose source / activity results in fugitive dust emissions. The control plan must enable the source to minimize emissions of fugitive dust to a level that is technologically feasible and economically reasonable. If the control plan is not adequate in minimizing emissions a revised control plan maybe required. The control plan (if acceptable to the Division) will be used for enforcement purposes on the sources. Please check the dust control measures which you propose for your activity. The control measures checked will be enforced by the Division. Use separate sheets if more space is needed. Also note items with an asterisk (*). This indicates those measures which will probably be required. I. Control of Unpaved Roads on Site * ❑ A. Watering (1) Typical watering frequency: Times / day; or (2) Maintain % Soil Moisture Content (Specify percentage) ❑ B. Application of Chemical Stabilizer (1) Frequency of Application: (2) Type of Stabilizer: ❑ C. Paving: When: would occur. Where: ❑ D. Vehicle Speed Control (Attach schedule showing when paving Speeds limited to mph maximum. Speed limit signs must be posted. Generally 30 mph is maximum approvable speed on site. ❑ E. Gravelling ❑ F. Other (Explain FUGIT=VE DUST CONTROL PLAN FOR LAND DEVELOPMENT COLORADO DEPARTMENT 0£ PUBL:C HEALTH AN: Paae 2 c_' : AIR POLL"^ION CONTROL-:1:E:ob F II. Control of Disturbed Surface Areas ❑ A. Watering (1) Typical watering frequency: Times / day; or (2) Maintain % soil moisture content. ❑ B. Application of Chemical Stabilizer (1) Frequency of application: (2) Type of stabilizer: ❑ C. Vehicle Speed Control Speeds limited to mph maximum. ❑ D. Minimize disturbed areas - attach detailed development schedule (with map). ❑ E. Revegetation - attache detailed schedule with map (can combine with D above). ❑ (1) Seeding of (annual / perennial) plant ( with / without ) mulch. Circle appropriate choices. ❑ (2) Landscaping ❑ F. Furrows at right angle to prevailing wind. Depth of furrows inches ( 6" or greater needed ) ❑ G. Compaction of disturbed soil on a daily basis to within 90 % of maximum compaction ( as determined be Proctor Test ). ❑ (1) Foundation areas only; or ❑ (2) All disturbed soil. ' ❑ H. Wind Breaks (generally required if adjacent to developed areas and must be in place prior to over lotting ). (1) Type ❑ (a) Solid: Material: ( i. e., brick, cement, wood ) Mesh wind screens (state mesh size): Snow fence other fence (specify): Berms: Height: a FUG:T:VE DUST CONTROL PLAN FOP. LAND DEVELOPMENT Faa= 9 c. 5 COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HE;LTF AND ENV:RONMENT 7.:R POLLUT:ON CONTRC:. DIP: S:OK ❑ (e) Vegetation: Type: ❑ (f) Other: (2) Description - Show location, prevailing wind, nearby developed areas. ❑ I. Synthetic or natural cover for steep slopes. (1) Type: (netting, mulching, etc.). (2) Location: (show on map). III. Prevention of mud and dirt carry -out onto paved surfaces. ❑ A. Prevention (i.e., gravel entry ways, washing vehicle wheels, cover or do not overfill trucks): ❑ B. Cleanup of paved Area (1) Frequency: (generally daily). (2) Method (i.e., street sweeper, hose with water, etc.). IV Other (describe in deta SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR UTILITY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS 700 WOOD STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO CITY OF FORT COLLINS BID NO. 5727 PROJECT NO. 2002-09 VAUGHT*FRYE ARCHITECTS 401 WEST MOUNTAIN AVENUE; SUITE 200 FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80521 AUGUST 19, 2002 Y iI RMUS es - y nwvc Irxcm x.wus �r07 wwro aFnXc , .x3 o3W2477 n mrwnnmo• i `— we lm wrt zl�. I X !1 � 4F, Ww mx� m➢, x 6j F .m a— r17 s 8a�Em:�miav 1-800-922,1987 s' x «na..c m ., +q` c131o, wwa,fo:x.u,a,ar a s lz q wws p "6 � 8 y w ron cm-o, caw.m i s g o m w u�� nu eun rrxovw g [[[ � S [•Y LL � n x� m'NW sry � f MIN i. PROJECT DIRECTORY City of Fort Collins UTILITY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS 700 Wood Street Fort Collins, Colorado City of Fort Collins Owner PO Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 970/221-6805 970/221-6534 FAX Vaught"Frye Architects 401 West Mountain Avenue; Suite 200 Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 970/224-1191 970/224-1662 FAX Contact; John Renhowe, Project Coordinator jrenhowe@vfavfr.com The Sear -Brown Group 209 South Meldrum Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 970/482-5922 970/482-6368 FAX Contacts: Stanley Dunn, Project Engineer stan.dunn@searbrown.com VF Ripley Associates, Inc. 401 West Mountain Avenue; Suite 201 Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 970/224-5828 970/224-1662 FAX Electrical Systems Consultants 212 West Mulberry Street Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 970/224-9100 970/224-9137 FAX Terracon Consultants Western, Inc. 301 North Howes Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 970/484-0359 970/484-0454 FAX VF 2002-09 00008-1 Architect (Engineer) Civil Engineer Landscape Architect Electrical Engineer Geotechnical Engineer Specifications Consultants, Inc. 611 North Weber, Suite 103 Colorado Springs, Colorado 80903 719/577-9414 719/577-9455 FAX Contact: Paul DeArment pdearment@specscons.com VF 2002-09 00008-2 Specifications TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR UTILITY SERVICE CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS 700 WOOD STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO CITY OF FORT COLLINS PROJECT NO.2002-09 AUGUST 19, 2002 BID INFORMATION 00020 Invitation to Bid .................. 1-2 00100 Instructions to Bidders ................. ......................... 1-9 00300 Bid Form. 1-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms--------------- .................. ---........................................................... 1 00410 Bid Bond .............. ............................................................................................................ 1-3 00420 Statement of Bidders Qualifications--------------••.•••••••---•------------..--.-__-.-_-----_.----------------- -1-3 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors......................................................................................... 1 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00500 Agreement Forms-------------------------------- ..------------- .......--------------------------------------- *----------------- 1 00510 Notice of Award - 1 00520 Agreement----------------------------------- 00530 Notice to Proceed 1 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES Bonds and Certificates, 1 PerformanceBond ......................................................................................................... 1-2 PaymentBond...............................................•--------...................------------........................1-2 Certificate of Insurance........ -1 Certificate of Substantial Completion ............................. -................................................ 1 Certificate of Final Acceptance ....................................................................................... 1 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor)................................................................................. 1-2 Consent of Surety 1 Application for Exemption Certificate VF 2002-09 00010-1 'sZ�I►1�lii[�P►F�i7�P.I��Zi1�lmr-i@1 00700 General Conditions..... 1-36 ExhibitGC -A ...................... ...................................................... ............................C-A1-1 00800 Supplementary Conditions ... ................................... --............ ......... ----........ .................. 1-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications and Payment...........................................................................1 00950 Contract Change Order .................................................................................................... 00960 Application for Payment ............................. --................................................................. 1-4 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary ................................................ ....................................................................... •1-3 01312 Project Meetings .......................................................................................................... 1--1-2 01330 Submittal Procedures .................................................. 1-6 01410 Regulatory Requirements ....... --........................................................................................ 1 01421 Abbreviations and Acronyms .... ........................... _--.................................................... 1-2 01423 Reference Standards.... ........ 1 01450 Quality Control............................•----.................................. 1-3 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls ............................................................................ ,----1-4 01600 Product Requirements----- ................................... ........................... 1-5 01722 Field Engineering .................................................... ........................................................ 1-2 01732 Cutting and Patching .......................................... ------.... ---------------------- •...... ................... 1-2 01741 Final Cleaning .................................................................................................................... 1 01770 Closeout Procedures. - 1 01780 Closeout Submittals ----------------------------- --- 1-4 01800 Facility Operation ................. _............................ __ 1 DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting -------------------------- -.................... ------.................. 1-9 02223 Selective Site Demolition...... 1 02232 Selective Clearing ....................... -.................................................................................. 1-2 02300 Earthwork -- -------- - ---- -- - ... 1 6 02370 ----------------- --•-------------....---- Erosion and Sedimentation Control.................................1-2 02575 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing ....................... _....................................................... 1-2 02605 Manholes ................... ---------------•----......_....------............................................................. 1-3 02615 Ductile Iron Pipe------- ................................................. .................................................... 1-4 02622 Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe ----------- ------------------------- ............................................................ 1 02641 Valves .............................................................................................................................. 1-3 02644 Fire Hydrants ................................................................................................................... 1-2 02646 Service lines, Meters and Appurtenances ....................................... _.......................... 02713 Water Distribution System .................................. ... .....-------------.........•------------------._.......1-4 •1-6 02722 Sanitary Sewer Collection System ....................................................... ---..1-4 02730 Aggregate Surfacing .......................... 1 02740 Flexible Pavement --------------------------------------•---------------------..........--•----------------......---------1 3 02750 Rigid Pavement•._,,, -••----------------------------------------••--------------.........................................--- 1-4 02765 Pavement Markings.........-•------------------------_---------........_........................... J 02776 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. ............................................. .............................. ......1-6 02810 Irrigation ............................................................................. -------------------- ----................... 1-19 VF 2002-09 00010-2 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 1-4 02828 Automatic Gate Operators ...................................................................................... ..... 1-3 02891 Post -Mounted Signs ................. --..................................................................................... 1-2 02900 Planting ............... -..................................... ............................. ..-------------------- ---------1-13 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories 1-3 03200 Concrete Reinforcement........... 1-3 0330D Cast -in -Place Concrete - 11 03400 Precast Concrete...-. ............ _ ------------- - 1-2 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications ............................. .. 1-2 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Not Used DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Not Used DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Not Used DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Not Used DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Not Used DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Not Used VF 2002-09 00010-3 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 General Electrical 1-3 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 1-4 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 05120iff)pz�• ��� SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: August 5, 2002 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 2:00 P.M., our clock, on September 10, 2002 for the UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; Bid No. 5727. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"d Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. 0. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of the improvements to the Utility Services Center yard, and improvements for the Warehouse Operation. This work includes demolition; storm drainage work (installation of a 41xl2' box culvert, oil/water separator, storm sewers); overlot grading (installation of a water quality pond and stilling basin, excavation of existing railroad berm); asphalt paving; concrete paving; construction improvements to Elm Street; a concrete trail; an irrigation lateral; fence work; landscaping (installation of an irrigation system, associated landscaping work, and wetlands irrigation work); and yard lighting. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available August 19, 2002. Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St_, 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Seventy-five Dollars($75.0O) per set. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at: 1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division. 2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado. 3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costilla Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO 4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "E"/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held August 27, at 10:00 a.m., at 700 Wood Street, the Training Room, Fort Collins. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 1 va'moxr� i I— -cc T, m K pa L I� 8 PNOPWFO 11Yll CpINeLTOM PIJN 2 I I ~- _-.pum.e xoN¢o ucaxiwoc.ux.o Wle realF LEXmX cRNUS le plY of Pert Wlim 4bMi W Uy" �U V¶LT' PL1X AppRJVAL a?o E�S PImIN11YRY nED nib �i E� 0"-. ySD en nb a� V`36 €� ma.4 xW 1A069M22219 may 87 Cs — v�aosi X.�.w 101 i I— -cc T, m K pa L I� 8 PNOPWFO 11Yll CpINeLTOM PIJN 2 I I ~- _-.pum.e xoN¢o ucaxiwoc.ux.o Wle realF LEXmX cRNUS le plY of Pert Wlim 4bMi W Uy" �U V¶LT' PL1X AppRJVAL a?o E�S PImIN11YRY nED nib �i E� 0"-. ySD en nb a� V`36 €� ma.4 xW 1A069M22219 may 87 Cs — v�aosi X.�.w 101 rxwo such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 3 by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of SUMS. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids. by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 5 All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of 'the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 7 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: ,City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 8 Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION 7/96 Section 00100 Page 9 SECTION 00300 BID FORM SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 PlaceZ'�/�o�r/( { 1S� , rlA,Q CO Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated /�(q Q ZC07— and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersi ned �p ccaS"J�Flrl� a **(Corporation, I,J4n&.to4TT ** authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the .Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. II 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certifi d or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of F�UP 4 1v^'I ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders.($ ' 1 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the ecified performance and payment bonds is as ri follows: Tamers eac � P t i ,, �nyJo* oC Ai •C a� ) L)w Ll &q0Z� Qovtue� CO T.)ZH 96 5• All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. Section 00300 Page 1 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430Schedule of Subcontractors 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY as *Principal, and TRA' hereby held and £ira OWNER, in the sum of truly to be made, we and assigns. SECTION 00410 BID. BOND THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned 'ELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF** _ as Surety, are .ly bound unto the City of Fort Collins Colorado, as $Five Percent (57)***for the payment of which, well and hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMEENTS; BID NO. 5727. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Sid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal sha.11 execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing. materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and eftect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid;, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER, *MARK YOUNG CONSTRUCTION, INC., 155 North College Avenue, Suite 220, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 **AMERICA, Hartford, Connecticut ***of the Total Amount of the Bid . 7/9G Section 00410 Page 2 I TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYS) -IN -FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath trade, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents [Hake, constitute and appoint: Courtney T. Peterson, Leon B. Dartois, James S. Rosulek, J. R Richards, Douglas J. Rothey, Susan J. Rawson, Cynthia M. Burnett, of Denver, Colorado, their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. , VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or aby one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY a COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney .-� or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached 0 3 up o - i VBIICIL � l— � —1-- SMI116E � EVV➢IM6 ��[[ 3� �� ` _ V"`�"' J_a' J VI'ILT' PIAN APPROVAL J W 4wry —b— `q\ III 11 12 List the more important projects recently completed by your company; stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction._ . List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: 15. Credit available: $ �� 9pe()L160 16. Bank reference: 1n,41c, Fnma,. k2nk T nn Ao„i (1-7J�-�9Z7 17 OU 19 20 Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? �(Cg If yes, in what city, county and state? Ma4t ; rrvc� KC What class, license and numbers? Ca.DE << R !. an Do you anticipate Contract? reS If ye and t Are time? If DETAIL subcontracting Work under this 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 .s yes, 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL OO What company?— 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? x aar 4 (.r 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any requested by person, firm or the OWNER in corporation to furnish any information this Statement of Bidder's verification of the recital comprising Qualifications. �H FDA 6011"/'�_ this I6- day of ��Jl�i"!!�� 20 Dated at f0�(G '(` ' TA c U NaBy:Tit//� ":V f/ b State of l C,51&tr4c County of 1,Q (Mnr ■ being duly sworn deposes and says that he of 2 and that is (name of organization) foregoing questions and all statements therein contained the answers to the are true and correct. JSubscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20WL J�A FEA,� Notary Public J 5 N.'A �G.• DO J My commission expires OF COL 0 Section 00420 Page 3 SECTION 004.30 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 250 of the contract. ' ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR k0VA%,11q1(YN1 S;•-VA wTs Fria S �S-�cc toh 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: September 16, 2002 TO: Mark Young Construction Company PROJECT: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated September 10, 2002 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 The Price of your Agreement is Two Million Two Hundred Seventy Three Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($2,273,200). Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by October 1, 2002. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins O ER By:Q� a es B. 'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP ector of Purchasing and Risk Management 09/16/02 Section 00510 Page 1 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 17 day of September in the year of 2002 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Mark Young Construction Co. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the improvements to the Utility Services Center yard, and improvements for the Warehouse Operation. This work includes demolition; storm drainage work (installation of a 4'xl2' box culvert, oil/water separator, storm sewers); overlot grading (installation of a water quality pond and stilling basin, excavation of existing railroad berm); asphalt paving; concrete paving; construction improvements to Elm Street; a concrete trail; an irrigation lateral; fence work; landscaping (installation of an irrigation system, associated landscaping work, and wetlands irrigation work); and yard lighting. and is generally described in Section 01010. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Vaught -Frye Architects, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 365 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the Three Hundred Sixty-five (365) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($2,273,200.00), Two Million Two Hundred Seventy Three Thousand Two Hundred Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 3.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully ail reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate V.2.6Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: Title Sheet-TS001, Legend & Abbreviations -TS002, General Notes-CS001 & CS002, Demolition Plan-CS003, Phasing Plan-CS005 & CS006, Horizontal Control Plan-CS100, Trail Connection Horizontal Control Plan-CS101, Erosion Control Plan-CS200, Grading Plan-CS201, Wetland Grading Plan- CS202, Existing Storm Drainage System-CS203, Storm Drainage Plan- CS204, Overall Utility Plan-CS300, Storm Sewer Plan & Profile-CS302, CS303, & CS304, Oil/Water Separator Plan & Profile-CS305, Lee Martinez Irrigation Lateral Plan & Profile-CS306, Roadway Plan & Profile-CS500, Trail Connection Plan & Profile-CS501, Details-CS600 - CS606, Cross Sections -Retaining Wall-CS700, 10" Griffin Drain Storm Sewer (for reference only) -Exhibit 1, Line A 27" Sanitary Sewer (for reference only) -Exhibit 2, Landscape Plan-L1 - L3, Irrigation Plan-IR1 & IR2, Irrigation Details-IR3, and Electrical Plan -El. The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 1 inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. No Text OWNER: CITY OFF FORT COLLINS By: i'. ow JOHN F. F SCHBACH, CITY MANAGER BY: q:� 4 JAME . O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP D ECTOR OF PURCHASING AND RISK MANAGEMENT Date: /SdY6(TtF Attest: i`;ty C elr Address for'-fyin noti�Les: P. 0. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Approved as to Form z , 11 k - Assistant Ci y Attorney CONTRACTOR: Mark Young Construction Co. Date: i K;- (CORPORATE SEAL Address for giving notices: 155 N. College Ave. Ste 220 Fort Collins, CO 80524 LICENSE NO.:1423/B-168 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 19SB103850943BCM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) MARK YOUNG CONSTRUCTION, INC. (Address) 155 North College Avenue, Suite 220, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 (), ( (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (Firm) Hartford, Connecticut (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 17th day of ** , 2002, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. .5727. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. *TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND NO/100---------.--- ($2, 273,200.00-----) **September 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 *** PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 19th day of 2002. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal ATTES By: Wimp MARK Y G SqTRU INC, (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Not Applicable Not Applicable IN PRESENCE OF:) WITNESS: By: Salli Phillips, Denver, olorado (Surety Seal) it I e) t.. 155 North College Avenue, Suite 220 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 (Address) Other Partners By: Not Applicable By: Not Applicable 4H t41 Surety TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY E6 B 7�YIi Richards, Attorney -in -Fact �5 P.O. Box 469025 (Address) Denver, Colorado 80246-9025 NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. ***September Travelers Casualty and Eu, a •y Hil b. Ropal and Hamilton Company 7/96 Company of America y' � HRH pt Denver 7800 East Orchard Rd. Suite 330 P.O. Box469US age 2 ,�,.I r Insuring the Way Denver, CO 80246-9025 EI19IeWOOd, CO �� Tel 303-722-7776 • Fax 303-722-8862 Surety bonds and insurance SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 19SB103850943BCM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) MARK YOUNG CONSTRUCTION, INC. (Address) 155 North College Avenue, Suite 220, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 (XffXX)ff<XXXXLFIX567A) , (XX)09W&ff9XXW) , (a corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (Address) Hartford, Connecticut hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE THOUSAND * in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum we anand truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 17th day of ** , 20 02, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. *TWO HUNDRED AND NO/100--------------- ($2,273,200.00----) **September - 7/96 Section 00615 Page 1 *** PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 19th day of , 20o?. IN PRESENCE OF: O ATTEST: I^',/vJY-il•� By: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Not Applicable Not Applicable IN PRESE CE OF:r WITN By: Salli Phillips, Denver, Co rado (Surety Seal) NOTE: ***September Princip RK G CO CTION, INC. By. (Title) 155 North College Avenue, Suite 220. Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 (Address) Other Partners Not Applicable Not Applicable Surety TRAVELERS C_ySIJA4TY AND SURETY By ichards, Attorney -in -Fact 7�p : 0. Box 469( (Address) Denver, Colorado 802 Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. Travelers Casualty and Surety 7/96 Company of America i800 East Orchard Rd., Suite 330 Englewood, CO 8()111 HRHHil b, Fio9al and Hamilton Company /Tj� Of Denver 7 P.O. Box 459025 2 Insuring the Way Denver. CO 80245-9025 Tel 303-722-7776 • Fax 303-722-8862 Surety bonds and insurance IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to be signed by their Senior Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 22nd day of August 2001. STATE OF CONNECTICUT }SS. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD QY gJ',.tY 4NpS r'(` Cq eY q� Sa HAlfiFORD, (WNl.0 i CONN. ovF cartd+ �� TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMIlVGTON CASUALTY COMPANY By George W. Thompson Senior Vice President On this 22nd day of August, 2001 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. My commission expires June 30, 2006 Notary Public 0 Marie C. Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority, are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this dayof S t b ' ,20 02 19th eP em eF Y By Kori M. Johanson Assistant Secretary, Bond TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA �.. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARINUNGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYS) -IN -FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF A-MERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents matte, constitute and appoint: Courtney T. Peterson, Leon B. Dartois, James S. Rosulek, J. R. Richards, Douglas J. Rothey, Susan J. Rawson, Cynthia M. Burnett, of Denver, Colorado, their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power �- and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: -- VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chaimian, any Executive Vice President, any Senior. Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or '"- by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice _ President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for - _ purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or "certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached Ciient#: 8952 10F.A.y.w1ro i7 atbR& CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 09/19/02 DATE(MM'DD'YY) sRODUCER HRH Of Denver 720 S. Colorado Blvd Ste PH N P.O. Box 469025 Denver, CO 80246-9025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED Nark Young Construction, Inc. L55 N. College Ave., Suite 220 Fort Collins, CO 80524 — INSURER A: Travelers Insurance Company INSURERB:Fireman's Fund Insurance Company - INSURERc:Pinnacol Assurance INSURER D: INSURERS' IHE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICYEXPIRATION LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY -X_ COMMERCIAL GENERAL ABILITY CLAIMS MADE, AX 'I OCCUR DTC0584X287901 12/31/01 12/31/02 EACH OCCURRENCE $1, 000, 000 FIRE DAMAGE (Anyone fire 1 MEDE)(P(Anyoneperson) $ _ 300,000 $ QQO PERSONALBADVINJURY_ $1 000 000 P—.._ _.. _ GENERAL AGGREGATE $2 OOO, 000 GIEN'L AGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIESPER: POLICY X PRO X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AG $2, 000, OOQ- A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANYAUTO ALL OWNED AUTOSBer SCHEDOLED AUTOS NON-OWNEDAUTOS DTJ810324D934001 12/31/01 12/31/02 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $1,000, 000 erson)URY$ (Per person)HIREDAUTOSBODILY 1xx INJURY (Peraccident) i$ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE " LIABILITY ANYAUTO AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT$ OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGO _ $ $ B EXCESS LIABILITY OCCUR CLAIMSMADE _� DEDUCTIBLE X, RETENTION $0 XEK84853233 12/31/01 12/31/02 I EACH OCCURRENCE $3 000 000 AGGREGATE $3, 000, 000 $ $ $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Officers Include 4016391 01/01/02 01/O1 003 X WCSTATU- o7H. OR-=SIMtITS E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 5:6-:6 E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 5 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMI $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY EN DORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS Utility Service Center -Warehouse Storage Improvements, 700 Wood Street (Fort Collins, CO City of Fort Collins I215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor Fort Collins, CO 80524 SHOULD ANYOFTHEABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED SEFORETHE EXRRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURERWILL ENDEAVORTO MAI L3- DAYSWRITTEN NOTICETOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDERNAMED TOTHE LEFT, BUTFAILURE TO DOSO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILJA OF ANYKIND UPON THE INSUREILITS AGENTS OR AUTHORIZED ACORD25-S(7197)1 of 2 #S141335/M125874 DVG 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or after the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. 25-S(7197)2 of 2 #S141335/M125874 SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: UTILITY SERVICES CENTER WAREHOUSE STORAGE IMPROVEMENTS; BID NO. 5727 To: This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be and , 20_, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By: Title: 7/96 Section 00530 Page 1